JsDoc Reference - TreeView

Class Gtk.TreeView

Properties
Properties	Defined By
	app_paintable : gboolean	Gtk.Widget
	border_width : guint32	Gtk.Container
	can_default : gboolean	Gtk.Widget
	can_focus : gboolean	Gtk.Widget
	child : Gtk.Widget	Gtk.Container
	composite_child : gboolean read only	Gtk.Widget
	double_buffered : gboolean Whether the widget is double buffered. Whether the widget is double buffered.	Gtk.Widget
	enable_grid_lines : Gtk.TreeViewGridLines	Gtk.TreeView
	enable_search : gboolean	Gtk.TreeView
	enable_tree_lines : gboolean	Gtk.TreeView
	expand : gboolean Whether to expand in both directions. Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both GtkWidget:hexpand and GtkWidget:vexpand	Gtk.Widget
	expander_column : Gtk.TreeViewColumn	Gtk.TreeView
	fixed_height_mode : gboolean Setting the ::fixed-height-mode property to TRUE speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height. Setting the ::fixed-height-mode property to TRUE speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height. Only enable this option if all rows are the same height. Please see gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode() for more information on this option.	Gtk.TreeView
	g_type_instance : GObject.TypeInstance	GObject.InitiallyUnowned
	hadjustment : Gtk.Adjustment Horizontal GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. Horizontal GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is shared between the scrollable widget and its parent.	Gtk.Scrollable
	halign : Gtk.Align How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see GtkAlign How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see GtkAlign	Gtk.Widget
	has_default : gboolean	Gtk.Widget
	has_focus : gboolean	Gtk.Widget
	has_tooltip : gboolean Enables or disables the emission of GtkWidget::query-tooltip on widget. Enables or disables the emission of GtkWidget::query-tooltip on widget. A value of TRUE indicates that widget can have a tooltip, in this case the widget will be queried using GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine whether it will provide a tooltip or not. Note that setting this property to TRUE for the first time will change the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the property is set to FALSE again.	Gtk.Widget
	headers_clickable : gboolean	Gtk.TreeView
	headers_visible : gboolean	Gtk.TreeView
	height_request : gint32	Gtk.Widget
	hexpand : gboolean Whether to expand horizontally. Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().	Gtk.Widget
	hexpand_set : gboolean Whether to use the GtkWidget:hexpand property. Whether to use the GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().	Gtk.Widget
	hover_expand : gboolean Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of tree_view. Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of tree_view. Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer moves over them. This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g. in GtkComboBox or GtkEntryCompletion.	Gtk.TreeView
	hover_selection : gboolean Enables or disables the hover selection mode of tree_view. Enables or disables the hover selection mode of tree_view. Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer. Currently, this works only for the selection modes GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g. in GtkComboBox or GtkEntryCompletion.	Gtk.TreeView
	hscroll_policy : Gtk.ScrollablePolicy Determines whether horizontal scrolling should start once the scrollable widget is allocated less than its minimum width or less than its natural width. Determines whether horizontal scrolling should start once the scrollable widget is allocated less than its minimum width or less than its natural width.	Gtk.Scrollable
	is_focus : gboolean	Gtk.Widget
	level_indentation : gint32 Extra indentation for each level. Extra indentation for each level.	Gtk.TreeView
	margin : gint32 Sets all four sides' margin at once. Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max margin on any side.	Gtk.Widget
	margin_bottom : gint32 Margin on bottom side of widget. Margin on bottom side of widget. This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.	Gtk.Widget
	margin_left : gint32 Margin on left side of widget. Margin on left side of widget. This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.	Gtk.Widget
	margin_right : gint32 Margin on right side of widget. Margin on right side of widget. This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.	Gtk.Widget
	margin_top : gint32 Margin on top side of widget. Margin on top side of widget. This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.	Gtk.Widget
	model : Gtk.TreeModel	Gtk.TreeView
	name : String	Gtk.Widget
	no_show_all : gboolean	Gtk.Widget
	parent : Gtk.Container read only	Gtk.TreeView
	parent_instance : GObject.InitiallyUnowned read only	Gtk.Widget
	priv : Gtk.TreeViewPrivate read only	Gtk.TreeView
	qdata : GLib.Data read only	GObject.InitiallyUnowned
	receives_default : gboolean	Gtk.Widget
	ref_count : guint32 read only	GObject.InitiallyUnowned
	reorderable : gboolean	Gtk.TreeView
	resize_mode : Gtk.ResizeMode	Gtk.Container
	rubber_banding : gboolean	Gtk.TreeView
	rules_hint : gboolean	Gtk.TreeView
	search_column : gint32	Gtk.TreeView
	sensitive : gboolean	Gtk.Widget
	show_expanders : gboolean TRUE if the view has expanders. TRUE if the view has expanders.	Gtk.TreeView
	style : Gtk.Style	Gtk.Widget
	tooltip_column : gint32	Gtk.TreeView
	tooltip_markup : String Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up with the Pango text markup language. Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up with the Pango text markup language. Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup(). This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the will automatically be set to TRUE and there will be taken care of GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.	Gtk.Widget
	tooltip_text : String Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string. Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string. Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text(). This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the will automatically be set to TRUE and there will be taken care of GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.	Gtk.Widget
	ubuntu_almost_fixed_height_mode : gboolean	Gtk.TreeView
	vadjustment : Gtk.Adjustment Verical GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. Verical GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is shared between the scrollable widget and its parent.	Gtk.Scrollable
	valign : Gtk.Align How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see GtkAlign How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see GtkAlign	Gtk.Widget
	vexpand : gboolean Whether to expand vertically. Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().	Gtk.Widget
	vexpand_set : gboolean Whether to use the GtkWidget:vexpand property. Whether to use the GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().	Gtk.Widget
	visible : gboolean	Gtk.Widget
	vscroll_policy : Gtk.ScrollablePolicy Determines whether vertical scrolling should start once the scrollable widget is allocated less than its minimum height or less than its natural height. Determines whether vertical scrolling should start once the scrollable widget is allocated less than its minimum height or less than its natural height.	Gtk.Scrollable
	widget : Gtk.Widget read only	Gtk.Container
	width_request : gint32	Gtk.Widget
	window : Gdk.Window read only The widget's window if it is realized, NULL otherwise. The widget's window if it is realized, NULL otherwise.	Gtk.Widget

Properties

Defined By

app_paintable : gboolean

Gtk.Widget

border_width : guint32

Gtk.Container

can_default : gboolean

Gtk.Widget

can_focus : gboolean

Gtk.Widget

child : Gtk.Widget

Gtk.Container

composite_child : gboolean read only

Gtk.Widget

double_buffered : gboolean

Whether the widget is double buffered.

Gtk.Widget

enable_grid_lines : Gtk.TreeViewGridLines

Gtk.TreeView

enable_search : gboolean

Gtk.TreeView

enable_tree_lines : gboolean

Gtk.TreeView

expand : gboolean

Whether to expand in both directions.

Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both GtkWidget:hexpand and GtkWidget:vexpand

Gtk.Widget

expander_column : Gtk.TreeViewColumn

Gtk.TreeView

fixed_height_mode : gboolean

Setting the ::fixed-height-mode property to TRUE speeds up
GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height.

Setting the ::fixed-height-mode property to TRUE speeds up
GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height.
Only enable this option if all rows are the same height.
Please see gtk_tree_view_set_fixed_height_mode() for more
information on this option.

Gtk.TreeView

g_type_instance : GObject.TypeInstance

GObject.InitiallyUnowned

hadjustment : Gtk.Adjustment

Horizontal GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget.

Horizontal GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is
shared between the scrollable widget and its parent.

Gtk.Scrollable

halign : Gtk.Align

How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see GtkAlign

Gtk.Widget

has_default : gboolean

Gtk.Widget

has_focus : gboolean

Gtk.Widget

has_tooltip : gboolean

Enables or disables the emission of GtkWidget::query-tooltip on widget.

Enables or disables the emission of GtkWidget::query-tooltip on widget.
A value of TRUE indicates that widget can have a tooltip, in this case
the widget will be queried using GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
Note that setting this property to TRUE for the first time will change
the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
property is set to FALSE again.

Gtk.Widget

headers_clickable : gboolean

Gtk.TreeView

headers_visible : gboolean

Gtk.TreeView

height_request : gint32

Gtk.Widget

hexpand : gboolean

Whether to expand horizontally.

Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().

Gtk.Widget

hexpand_set : gboolean

Whether to use the GtkWidget:hexpand property.

Whether to use the GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().

Gtk.Widget

hover_expand : gboolean

Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of tree_view.

Enables or disables the hover expansion mode of tree_view.
Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer moves
over them.
This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g.
in GtkComboBox or GtkEntryCompletion.

Gtk.TreeView

hover_selection : gboolean

Enables or disables the hover selection mode of tree_view.

Enables or disables the hover selection mode of tree_view.
Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer.
Currently, this works only for the selection modes
GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE.
This mode is primarily intended for treeviews in popups, e.g.
in GtkComboBox or GtkEntryCompletion.

Gtk.TreeView

hscroll_policy : Gtk.ScrollablePolicy

Determines whether horizontal scrolling should start once the scrollable
widget is allocated less than its minimum width or less than its natural width.

Gtk.Scrollable

is_focus : gboolean

Gtk.Widget

level_indentation : gint32

Extra indentation for each level.

Gtk.TreeView

margin : gint32

Sets all four sides' margin at once.

Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
margin on any side.

Gtk.Widget

margin_bottom : gint32

Margin on bottom side of widget.

Margin on bottom side of widget.
This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.

Gtk.Widget

margin_left : gint32

Margin on left side of widget.

Margin on left side of widget.
This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.

Gtk.Widget

margin_right : gint32

Margin on right side of widget.

Margin on right side of widget.
This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.

Gtk.Widget

margin_top : gint32

Margin on top side of widget.

Margin on top side of widget.
This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.

Gtk.Widget

model : Gtk.TreeModel

Gtk.TreeView

name : String

Gtk.Widget

no_show_all : gboolean

Gtk.Widget

parent : Gtk.Container read only

Gtk.TreeView

parent_instance : GObject.InitiallyUnowned read only

Gtk.Widget

priv : Gtk.TreeViewPrivate read only

Gtk.TreeView

qdata : GLib.Data read only

GObject.InitiallyUnowned

receives_default : gboolean

Gtk.Widget

ref_count : guint32 read only

GObject.InitiallyUnowned

reorderable : gboolean

Gtk.TreeView

resize_mode : Gtk.ResizeMode

Gtk.Container

rubber_banding : gboolean

Gtk.TreeView

rules_hint : gboolean

Gtk.TreeView

search_column : gint32

Gtk.TreeView

sensitive : gboolean

Gtk.Widget

show_expanders : gboolean

TRUE if the view has expanders.

Gtk.TreeView

style : Gtk.Style

Gtk.Widget

tooltip_column : gint32

Gtk.TreeView

tooltip_markup : String

Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
with the Pango text markup language.

Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
with the Pango text markup language.
Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
will automatically be set to TRUE and there will be taken care of
GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.

Gtk.Widget

tooltip_text : String

Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.

Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
will automatically be set to TRUE and there will be taken care of
GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.

Gtk.Widget

ubuntu_almost_fixed_height_mode : gboolean

Gtk.TreeView

vadjustment : Gtk.Adjustment

Verical GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget.

Verical GtkAdjustment of the scrollable widget. This adjustment is shared
between the scrollable widget and its parent.

Gtk.Scrollable

valign : Gtk.Align

How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see GtkAlign

Gtk.Widget

vexpand : gboolean

Whether to expand vertically.

Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().

Gtk.Widget

vexpand_set : gboolean

Whether to use the GtkWidget:vexpand property.

Whether to use the GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().

Gtk.Widget

visible : gboolean

Gtk.Widget

vscroll_policy : Gtk.ScrollablePolicy

Determines whether vertical scrolling should start once the scrollable
widget is allocated less than its minimum height or less than its natural height.

Gtk.Scrollable

widget : Gtk.Widget read only

Gtk.Container

width_request : gint32

Gtk.Widget

window : Gdk.Window read only

The widget's window if it is realized, NULL otherwise.

Gtk.Widget

Methods / Constructors
Method / Constructor	Defined By
	new Gtk.TreeView (Object *properties) Create a new Gtk.TreeView Create a new Gtk.TreeView Parameters: Object properties*
	new Gtk.TreeView.with_model (TreeModel *model) : Gtk.Widget Create a new Gtk.TreeView Create a new Gtk.TreeView Parameters: Gtk.TreeModel model* Required (not null) the model. Returns: Gtk.Widget A newly created GtkTreeView widget.
	activate () : gboolean For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc. For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.) this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If widget isn't activatable, the function returns FALSE. Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget was activatable	Gtk.Widget
	add (Widget *widget) : none Adds widget* to container. Adds widget to container. Typically used for simple containers such as GtkWindow, GtkFrame, or GtkButton; for more complicated layout containers such as GtkBox or GtkTable, this function will pick default packing parameters that may not be correct. So consider functions such as gtk_box_pack_start() and gtk_table_attach() as an alternative to gtk_container_add() in those cases. A widget may be added to only one container at a time; you can't place the same widget inside two different containers. Parameters: Gtk.Widget widget Required (not null) a widget to be placed inside container Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	add_accelerator (String *accel_signal, AccelGroup accel_group, guint32 accel_key, ModifierType accel_mods, AccelFlags accel_flags) : none Installs an accelerator for this widget* in accel_group that causes The accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type G_RUN_ACTION. Installs an accelerator for this widget in accel_group that causes The accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type G_RUN_ACTION. Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead. Parameters: String accel_signal Required (not null) widget signal to emit on accelerator activation Gtk.AccelGroup accel_group Required (not null) accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel guint32 accel_key Required (not null) GDK keyval of the accelerator Gdk.ModifierType accel_mods Required (not null) modifier key combination of the accelerator Gtk.AccelFlags accel_flags Required (not null) flag accelerators, e.g. GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	add_child (Builder *builder, Object child, String type) : none Adds a child to buildable. Adds a child to buildable. type* is an optional string describing how the child should be added. Parameters: Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null) a GtkBuilder GObject.Object child Required (not null) child to add String type kind of child or NULL Returns: none	Gtk.Buildable
	add_device_events (Device *device, EventMask events) : none Adds the device events in the bitfield events* to the event mask for Adds the device events in the bitfield events to the event mask for Parameters: Gdk.Device device Required (not null) a GdkDevice Gdk.EventMask events Required (not null) an event mask, see GdkEventMask Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	add_events (gint32 *events) : none Adds the events in the bitfield events* to the event mask for Adds the events in the bitfield events to the event mask for Parameters: gint32 events Required (not null) an event mask, see GdkEventMask Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	add_mnemonic_label (Widget *label) : none Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection to the GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier. Parameters: Gtk.Widget label* Required (not null) a GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for widget Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	append_column (TreeViewColumn *column) : gint32 Appends column* to the list of columns. Appends column to the list of columns. If tree_view has "fixed_height" mode enabled, then column must have its "sizing" property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. Parameters: Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null) The GtkTreeViewColumn to add. Returns: gint32 The number of columns in tree_view after appending.	Gtk.TreeView
	can_activate_accel (guint32 *signal_id) : gboolean Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified by signal_id* can currently be activated. Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified by signal_id can currently be activated. This is done by emitting the GtkWidget::can-activate-accel signal on widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all its ancestors mapped. Parameters: guint32 signal_id Required (not null) the ID of a signal installed on widget Returns: gboolean TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.	Gtk.Widget
	check_resize () : none Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	child_focus (DirectionType *direction) : gboolean This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to change the focus tab order. This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those functions instead. gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves around the window using keyboard shortcuts. direction* indicates what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior. The default ::focus handler for a widget should return TRUE if moving in direction left the focus on a focusable location inside that widget, and FALSE if moving in direction moved the focus outside the widget. If returning TRUE, widgets normally call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly; if returning FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location. Parameters: Gtk.DirectionType direction Required (not null) direction of focus movement Returns: gboolean TRUE if focus ended up inside widget	Gtk.Widget
	child_get_property (Widget *child, String property_name, Value value) : none Gets the value of a child property for child* and container. Gets the value of a child property for child and container. Parameters: Gtk.Widget child Required (not null) a widget which is a child of container String property_name Required (not null) the name of the property to get GObject.Value value Required (not null) a location to return the value Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	child_notify (String *child_property) : none Emits a GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the child property child_property* on widget. Emits a GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the child property child_property on widget. This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties. Parameters: String child_property Required (not null) the name of a child property installed on the class of widget's parent Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	child_set_property (Widget *child, String property_name, Value value) : none Sets a child property for child* and container. Sets a child property for child and container. Parameters: Gtk.Widget child Required (not null) a widget which is a child of container String property_name Required (not null) the name of the property to set GObject.Value value Required (not null) the value to set the property to Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	child_type () : Number Returns the type of the children supported by the container. Returns the type of the children supported by the container. Note that this may return G_TYPE_NONE to indicate that no more children can be added, e.g. for a GtkPaned which already has two children. Returns: Number a GType.	Gtk.Container
	class_path () : Object Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type, never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name(). Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type, never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name(). Returns: path_length: guint32 path: String path_reversed: String	Gtk.Widget
	collapse_all () : none Recursively collapses all visible, expanded nodes in tree_view. Recursively collapses all visible, expanded nodes in tree_view. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	collapse_row (TreePath *path) : gboolean Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist). Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist). Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path* Required (not null) path to a row in the tree_view Returns: gboolean TRUE if the row was collapsed.	Gtk.TreeView
	columns_autosize () : none Resizes all columns to their optimal width. Resizes all columns to their optimal width. Only works after the treeview has been realized. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	compute_expand (Orientation *orientation) : gboolean Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space when possible. Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space when possible. Containers should check this, rather than looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand(). This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible widgets are not expanded. The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set, the widget may expand if some of its children do. Parameters: Gtk.Orientation orientation* Required (not null) expand direction Returns: gboolean whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded	Gtk.Widget
	construct_child (Builder *builder, String name) : GObject.Object Constructs a child of buildable* with the name name. Constructs a child of buildable with the name name. GtkBuilder calls this function if a "constructor" has been specified in the UI definition. Parameters: Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null) GtkBuilder used to construct this object String name Required (not null) name of child to construct Returns: GObject.Object the constructed child	Gtk.Buildable
	convert_bin_window_to_tree_coords (gint32 bx, gint32 by) : Object Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). Parameters: gint32 bx Required (not null) X coordinate relative to bin_window gint32 by Required (not null) Y coordinate relative to bin_window Returns: tx: gint32 ty: gint32	Gtk.TreeView
	convert_bin_window_to_widget_coords (gint32 bx, gint32 by) : Object Converts bin_window coordinates (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()) to widget relative coordinates. Converts bin_window coordinates (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()) to widget relative coordinates. Parameters: gint32 bx Required (not null) bin_window X coordinate gint32 by Required (not null) bin_window Y coordinate Returns: wx: gint32 wy: gint32	Gtk.TreeView
	convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords (gint32 tx, gint32 ty) : Object Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to bin_window coordinates. Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to bin_window coordinates. Parameters: gint32 tx Required (not null) tree X coordinate gint32 ty Required (not null) tree Y coordinate Returns: bx: gint32 by: gint32	Gtk.TreeView
	convert_tree_to_widget_coords (gint32 tx, gint32 ty) : Object Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to widget coordinates. Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree) to widget coordinates. Parameters: gint32 tx Required (not null) X coordinate relative to the tree gint32 ty Required (not null) Y coordinate relative to the tree Returns: wx: gint32 wy: gint32	Gtk.TreeView
	convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords (gint32 wx, gint32 wy) : Object Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()). Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()). Parameters: gint32 wx Required (not null) X coordinate relative to the widget gint32 wy Required (not null) Y coordinate relative to the widget Returns: bx: gint32 by: gint32	Gtk.TreeView
	convert_widget_to_tree_coords (gint32 wx, gint32 wy) : Object Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the tree (the full scrollable area of the tree). Parameters: gint32 wx Required (not null) X coordinate relative to the widget gint32 wy Required (not null) Y coordinate relative to the widget Returns: tx: gint32 ty: gint32	Gtk.TreeView
	create_pango_context () : Pango.Context Creates a new PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for drawing text for this widget. Creates a new PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for drawing text for this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context(). Returns: Pango.Context the new PangoContext	Gtk.Widget
	create_pango_layout (String *text) : Pango.Layout Creates a new PangoLayout* with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for drawing text for this widget. Creates a new PangoLayout with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for drawing text for this widget. If you keep a PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to the GtkWidget::style-updated and GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget. Parameters: String text Required (not null) text to set on the layout (can be NULL) Returns: Pango.Layout the new PangoLayout	Gtk.Widget
	create_row_drag_icon (TreePath *path) : cairo.Surface Creates a cairo_surface_t* representation of the row at path. Creates a cairo_surface_t representation of the row at path. This image is used for a drag icon. Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null) a GtkTreePath in tree_view Returns: cairo.Surface a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.	Gtk.TreeView
	custom_finished (Builder *builder, Object child, String tagname, void *data) : none This is similar to gtk_buildable_parser_finished() but is called once for each custom tag handled by the buildable. This is similar to gtk_buildable_parser_finished() but is called once for each custom tag handled by the buildable. Parameters: Gtk.Builder builder* Required (not null) a GtkBuilder GObject.Object child child object or NULL for non-child tags String tagname Required (not null) the name of the tag void* data Required (not null) user data created in custom_tag_start Returns: none	Gtk.Buildable
	custom_tag_end (Builder *builder, Object child, String tagname, void *data) : none This is called at the end of each custom element handled by the buildable. This is called at the end of each custom element handled by the buildable. Parameters: Gtk.Builder builder* Required (not null) GtkBuilder used to construct this object GObject.Object child child object or NULL for non-child tags String tagname Required (not null) name of tag void* data Required (not null) user data that will be passed in to parser functions Returns: none	Gtk.Buildable
	custom_tag_start (Builder *builder, Object child, String tagname, Object out_values) : gboolean This is called for each unknown element under <child>. This is called for each unknown element under <child>. if it doesn't. Parameters: Gtk.Builder builder* Required (not null) a GtkBuilder used to construct this object GObject.Object child child object or NULL for non-child tags String tagname Required (not null) name of tag Object out_values GLib.MarkupParser parser void* data Returns: gboolean TRUE if a object has a custom implementation, FALSE	Gtk.Buildable
	destroy () : none Destroys a widget. Destroys a widget. When a widget is destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects. If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references to the widget with g_object_ref(). In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will be destroyed as well. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	destroyed (Widget *widget_pointer) : none This function sets widget_pointer to NULL if widget_pointer != NULL. This function sets *widget_pointer to NULL if widget_pointer != NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed() as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will be set to NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies of the same dialog. Parameters: Gtk.Widget widget_pointer Required (not null) address of a variable that contains widget Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	device_is_shadowed (Device *device) : gboolean Returns TRUE* if device has been shadowed by a GTK+ device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending events to widget. Returns TRUE if device has been shadowed by a GTK+ device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending events to widget. This may be used in the GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific devices. See gtk_device_grab_add(). by another GtkWidget than widget. Parameters: Gdk.Device device Required (not null) a GdkDevice Returns: gboolean TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on device	Gtk.Widget
	drag_begin (TargetList *targets, DragAction actions, gint32 button, Event event) : Gdk.DragContext Initiates a drag on the source side. Initiates a drag on the source side. The function only needs to be used when the application is starting drags itself, and is not needed when gtk_drag_source_set() is used. The event* is used to retrieve the timestamp that will be used internally to grab the pointer. If event is NULL, then GDK_CURRENT_TIME will be used. However, you should try to pass a real event in all cases, since that can be used by GTK+ to get information about the start position of the drag, for example if the event is a GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY. Generally there are three cases when you want to start a drag by hand by calling this function: 1. During a button-press-event handler, if you want to start a drag immediately when the user presses the mouse button. Pass the event that you have in your button-press-event handler. 2. During a motion-notify-event handler, if you want to start a drag when the mouse moves past a certain threshold distance after a button-press. Pass the event that you have in your motion-notify-event handler. 3. During a timeout handler, if you want to start a drag after the mouse button is held down for some time. Try to save the last event that you got from the mouse, using gdk_event_copy(), and pass it to this function (remember to free the event with gdk_event_free() when you are done). If you can really not pass a real event, pass NULL instead. Parameters: Gtk.TargetList targets Required (not null) The targets (data formats) in which the source can provide the data. Gdk.DragAction actions Required (not null) A bitmask of the allowed drag actions for this drag. gint32 button Required (not null) The button the user clicked to start the drag. Gdk.Event event Required (not null) The event that triggered the start of the drag. Returns: Gdk.DragContext the context for this drag.	Gtk.Widget
	drag_check_threshold (gint32 *start_x, gint32 start_y, gint32 current_x, gint32 current_y) : gboolean Checks to see if a mouse drag starting at (start_x, start_y) and ending at (current_x, current_y) has passed the GTK+ drag threshold, and thus should trigger the beginning of a drag-and-drop operation. Checks to see if a mouse drag starting at (start_x, start_y) and ending at (current_x, current_y) has passed the GTK+ drag threshold, and thus should trigger the beginning of a drag-and-drop operation. Parameters: gint32 start_x* Required (not null) X coordinate of start of drag gint32 start_y Required (not null) Y coordinate of start of drag gint32 current_x Required (not null) current X coordinate gint32 current_y Required (not null) current Y coordinate Returns: gboolean TRUE if the drag threshold has been passed.	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_add_image_targets () : none Add the image targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag destination. Add the image targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag destination. The targets are added with info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_add_text_targets () : none Add the text targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag destination. Add the text targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag destination. The targets are added with info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_text_targets() and gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_add_uri_targets () : none Add the URI targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag destination. Add the URI targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag destination. The targets are added with info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_uri_targets() and gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_find_target (DragContext *context, TargetList target_list) : Gdk.Atom Looks for a match between the supported targets of context* and the returning GDK_NONE. Looks for a match between the supported targets of context and the returning GDK_NONE. dest_target_list should usually be the return value from gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list(), but some widgets may have different valid targets for different parts of the widget; in that case, they will have to implement a drag_motion handler that passes the correct target list to this function. and the dest can accept, or GDK_NONE Parameters: Gdk.DragContext context Required (not null) drag context Gtk.TargetList target_list list of droppable targets, or NULL to use gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list (widget). Returns: Gdk.Atom first target that the source offers	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_get_target_list () : Gtk.TargetList Returns the list of targets this widget can accept from drag-and-drop. Returns the list of targets this widget can accept from drag-and-drop. Returns: Gtk.TargetList the GtkTargetList, or NULL if none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_get_track_motion () : gboolean Returns whether the widget has been configured to always emit ::drag-motion signals. Returns whether the widget has been configured to always emit ::drag-motion signals. Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget always emits ::drag-motion events	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_set (DestDefaults *flags, Array targets, gint32 n_targets, DragAction actions) : none Sets a widget as a potential drop destination, and adds default behaviors. Sets a widget as a potential drop destination, and adds default behaviors. The default behaviors listed in flags* have an effect similar to installing default handlers for the widget's drag-and-drop signals (GtkWidget:drag-motion, GtkWidget:drag-drop, ...). They all exist for convenience. When passing GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL for instance it is sufficient to connect to the widget's GtkWidget::drag-data-received signal to get primitive, but consistent drag-and-drop support. Things become more complicated when you try to preview the dragged data, as described in the documentation for GtkWidget:drag-motion. The default behaviors described by flags make some assumptions, that can conflict with your own signal handlers. For instance GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP causes invokations of gdk_drag_status() in the context of GtkWidget:drag-motion, and invokations of gtk_drag_finish() in GtkWidget:drag-data-received. Especially the later is dramatic, when your own GtkWidget:drag-motion handler calls gtk_drag_get_data() to inspect the dragged data. There's no way to set a default action here, you can use the GtkWidget:drag-motion callback for that. Here's an example which selects the action to use depending on whether the control key is pressed or not: \|[ static void drag_motion (GtkWidget widget, GdkDragContext context, gint x, gint y, guint time) { GdkModifierType mask; gdk_window_get_pointer (gtk_widget_get_window (widget), NULL, NULL, &mask); if (mask & GDK_CONTROL_MASK) gdk_drag_status (context, GDK_ACTION_COPY, time); else gdk_drag_status (context, GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time); } ]\| Parameters: Gtk.DestDefaults flags Required (not null) which types of default drag behavior to use Array targets a pointer to an array of GtkTargetEntrys indicating the drop types that this widget will accept, or NULL. Later you can access the list with gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list() and gtk_drag_dest_find_target(). gint32 n_targets Required (not null) the number of entries in targets Gdk.DragAction actions Required (not null) a bitmask of possible actions for a drop onto this widget. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_set_proxy (Window *proxy_window, DragProtocol protocol, gboolean use_coordinates) : none Set up this widget to proxy drags elsewhere. Set up this widget to proxy drags elsewhere. Parameters: Gdk.Window proxy_window* Required (not null) window to which forward drag events Gdk.DragProtocol protocol Required (not null) Drag protocol which the dest widget accepts gboolean use_coordinates Required (not null) If true, send the same coordinates to the destination, because it is a embedded subwindow. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_set_target_list (TargetList *target_list) : none Sets the target types that this widget can accept from drag-and-drop. Sets the target types that this widget can accept from drag-and-drop. The widget must first be made into a drag destination with gtk_drag_dest_set(). Parameters: Gtk.TargetList target_list* list of droppable targets, or NULL for none Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_set_track_motion (gboolean *track_motion) : none Tells the widget to emit ::drag-motion and ::drag-leave events regardless of the targets and the GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION* flag. Tells the widget to emit ::drag-motion and ::drag-leave events regardless of the targets and the GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION flag. This may be used when a widget wants to do generic actions regardless of the targets that the source offers. Parameters: gboolean track_motion Required (not null) whether to accept all targets Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_dest_unset () : none Unregister this widget as a drag target. Unregister this widget as a drag target. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_get_data (DragContext *context, Atom target, guint32 time_) : none Get the data for a drag or drop Get the data for a drag or drop Parameters: Gdk.DragContext context* Required (not null) drag context Gdk.Atom target Required (not null) format to retrieve the data in. guint32 time_ Required (not null) timestamp of triggering event. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_highlight () : none Highlight the given widget in the default manner. Highlight the given widget in the default manner. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_source_add_image_targets () : none Add the writable image targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag source. Add the writable image targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag source. The targets are added with info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and gtk_drag_source_set_target_list(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_source_add_text_targets () : none Add the text targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag source. Add the text targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag source. The targets are added with info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_text_targets() and gtk_drag_source_set_target_list(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_source_add_uri_targets () : none Add the URI targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag source. Add the URI targets supported by GtkSelection to the target list of the drag source. The targets are added with info = 0. If you need another value, use gtk_target_list_add_uri_targets() and gtk_drag_source_set_target_list(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_source_get_target_list () : Gtk.TargetList Gets the list of targets this widget can provide for drag-and-drop. Gets the list of targets this widget can provide for drag-and-drop. Returns: Gtk.TargetList the GtkTargetList, or NULL if none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_source_set (ModifierType *start_button_mask, Array targets, gint32 n_targets, DragAction actions) : none Sets up a widget so that GTK+ will start a drag operation when the user clicks and drags on the widget. Sets up a widget so that GTK+ will start a drag operation when the user clicks and drags on the widget. The widget must have a window. Parameters: Gdk.ModifierType start_button_mask* Required (not null) the bitmask of buttons that can start the drag Array targets the table of targets that the drag will support, may be NULL gint32 n_targets Required (not null) the number of items in targets Gdk.DragAction actions Required (not null) the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this widget Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_source_set_icon_name (String *icon_name) : none Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to a themed icon. Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to a themed icon. See the docs for GtkIconTheme* for more details. Parameters: String icon_name Required (not null) name of icon to use Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_source_set_icon_pixbuf (Pixbuf *pixbuf) : none Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget from a GdkPixbuf. Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget from a GdkPixbuf. GTK+ retains a reference for pixbuf* and will release it when it is no longer needed. Parameters: GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf pixbuf Required (not null) the GdkPixbuf for the drag icon Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_source_set_icon_stock (String *stock_id) : none Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to a stock icon. Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source to a stock icon. Parameters: String stock_id* Required (not null) the ID of the stock icon to use Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_source_set_target_list (TargetList *target_list) : none Changes the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop. Changes the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop. The widget must first be made into a drag source with gtk_drag_source_set(). Parameters: Gtk.TargetList target_list* list of draggable targets, or NULL for none Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_source_unset () : none Unregister this widget as a drag source. Unregister this widget as a drag source. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	drag_unhighlight () : none Refresh the given widget to remove the highlight. Refresh the given widget to remove the highlight. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	draw (Context cr) : none Draws widget to cr. Draws widget to cr. The top left corner of the widget will be drawn to the currently set origin point of cr. You should pass a cairo context as cr argument that is in an original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side effects. You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function. Special purpose widgets may contain special code for rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw(). Parameters: cairo.Context cr Required (not null) a cairo context to draw to Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	enable_model_drag_dest (Array *targets, gint32 n_targets, DragAction actions) : none Turns tree_view* into a drop destination for automatic DND. Turns tree_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling this method sets GtkTreeView:reorderable to FALSE. Parameters: Array targets Required (not null) the table of targets that the drag will support gint32 n_targets Required (not null) the number of items in targets Gdk.DragAction actions Required (not null) the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this widget Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	enable_model_drag_source (ModifierType *start_button_mask, Array targets, gint32 n_targets, DragAction actions) : none Turns tree_view* into a drag source for automatic DND. Turns tree_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this method sets GtkTreeView:reorderable to FALSE. Parameters: Gdk.ModifierType start_button_mask Required (not null) Mask of allowed buttons to start drag Array targets Required (not null) the table of targets that the drag will support gint32 n_targets Required (not null) the number of items in targets Gdk.DragAction actions Required (not null) the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this widget Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	ensure_style () : none Ensures that widget has a style (widget->style). Ensures that widget has a style (widget->style). Not a very useful function; most of the time, if you want the style, the widget is realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a style already. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	error_bell () : none Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget. Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget. If the GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is TRUE, it calls gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing. Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment or window manager that is used. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	event (Event *event) : gboolean Rarely-used function. Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit the event signals on a widget (those signals should never be emitted without using this function to do so). If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function; instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead, use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the window. the event was handled) Parameters: Gdk.Event event* Required (not null) a GdkEvent Returns: gboolean return from the event signal emission (TRUE if	Gtk.Widget
	expand_all () : none Recursively expands all nodes in the tree_view. Recursively expands all nodes in the tree_view. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	expand_row (TreePath *path, gboolean open_all) : gboolean Opens the row so its children are visible. Opens the row so its children are visible. Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path* Required (not null) path to a row gboolean open_all Required (not null) whether to recursively expand, or just expand immediate children Returns: gboolean TRUE if the row existed and had children	Gtk.TreeView
	expand_to_path (TreePath *path) : none Expands the row at path. Expands the row at path. This will also expand all parent rows of Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path* Required (not null) path to a row. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	forall (Function *callback, void *callback_data) : none Invokes callback* on each child of container, including children that are considered "internal" (implementation details of the container). Invokes callback on each child of container, including children that are considered "internal" (implementation details of the container). "Internal" children generally weren't added by the user of the container, but were added by the container implementation itself. Most applications should use gtk_container_foreach(), rather than gtk_container_forall(). Parameters: Function (Widget *widget, void *data) : none Required (not null) a callback void callback_data Required (not null) callback user data Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	foreach (Function *callback, void *callback_data) : none Invokes callback* on each non-internal child of container. Invokes callback on each non-internal child of container. See gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child. Most applications should use gtk_container_foreach(), rather than gtk_container_forall(). Parameters: Function (Widget *widget, void *data) : none Required (not null) a callback void callback_data Required (not null) callback user data Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	freeze_child_notify () : none Stops emission of GtkWidget::child-notify signals on widget. Stops emission of GtkWidget::child-notify signals on widget. The signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called on widget. This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	get_accessible () : Atk.Object Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an assistive technology. Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an assistive technology. If no accessibility library is loaded (i.e. no ATK implementation library is loaded via GTK_MODULES or via another application library, such as libgnome), then this AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific AtkObject implementation is available for the widget instance in question, it will inherit an AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined. The documentation of the ATK library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses. Returns: Atk.Object the AtkObject associated with widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_allocated_height () : gint32 Returns the height that has currently been allocated to widget. Returns the height that has currently been allocated to widget. This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers for the GtkWidget::draw function. Returns: gint32 the height of the widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_allocated_width () : gint32 Returns the width that has currently been allocated to widget. Returns the width that has currently been allocated to widget. This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers for the GtkWidget::draw function. Returns: gint32 the width of the widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_allocation () : cairo.RectangleInt Retrieves the widget's allocation. Retrieves the widget's allocation. be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget. gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is guaranteed to be completely contained within the gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a GtkContainer is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds, but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned. There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself. Returns: cairo.RectangleInt	Gtk.Widget
	get_ancestor (Number *widget_type) : Gtk.Widget Gets the first ancestor of widget* with type widget_type. Gets the first ancestor of widget with type widget_type. For example, gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX) gets the first GtkBox that's an ancestor of widget. No reference will be added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note about checking for a toplevel GtkWindow in the docs for gtk_widget_get_toplevel(). Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor() considers widget to be an ancestor of itself. Parameters: Number widget_type Required (not null) ancestor type Returns: Gtk.Widget the ancestor widget, or NULL if not found	Gtk.Widget
	get_app_paintable () : gboolean Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in an GtkWidget::draw handler. Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in an GtkWidget::draw handler. See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable() Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget is app paintable	Gtk.Widget
	get_background_area (TreePath *path, TreeViewColumn column) : cairo.RectangleInt Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the row specified by path* and the column specified by column. Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the row specified by path and the column specified by column. If path is NULL, or points to a node not found in the tree, the y and height fields of the rectangle will be filled with 0. If column is NULL, the x and width fields will be filled with 0. The returned rectangle is equivalent to the areas tile to cover the entire bin window. Contrast with the cell_area, returned by gtk_tree_view_get_cell_area(), which returns only the cell itself, excluding surrounding borders and the tree expander area. Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path a GtkTreePath for the row, or NULL to get only horizontal coordinates Gtk.TreeViewColumn column a GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or NULL to get only vertical coordiantes Returns: cairo.RectangleInt	Gtk.TreeView
	get_bin_window () : Gdk.Window Returns the window that tree_view renders to. Returns the window that tree_view renders to. This is used primarily to compare to event->window to confirm that the event on tree_view is on the right window. hasn't been realized yet Returns: Gdk.Window A GdkWindow, or NULL when tree_view	Gtk.TreeView
	get_border_width () : guint32 Retrieves the border width of the container. Retrieves the border width of the container. See gtk_container_set_border_width(). Returns: guint32 the current border width	Gtk.Container
	get_can_default () : gboolean Determines whether widget can be a default widget. Determines whether widget can be a default widget. See gtk_widget_set_can_default(). Returns: gboolean TRUE if widget can be a default widget, FALSE otherwise	Gtk.Widget
	get_can_focus () : gboolean Determines whether widget can own the input focus. Determines whether widget can own the input focus. See gtk_widget_set_can_focus(). Returns: gboolean TRUE if widget can own the input focus, FALSE otherwise	Gtk.Widget
	get_cell_area (TreePath *path, TreeViewColumn column) : cairo.RectangleInt Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the row specified by path* and the column specified by column. Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the row specified by path and the column specified by column. If path is NULL, or points to a path not currently displayed, the y and height fields of the rectangle will be filled with 0. If column is NULL, the x and width fields will be filled with 0. The sum of all cell rects does not cover the entire tree; there are extra pixels in between rows, for example. The returned rectangle is equivalent to the cell_area passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render(). This function is only valid if tree_view is realized. Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path a GtkTreePath for the row, or NULL to get only horizontal coordinates Gtk.TreeViewColumn column a GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or NULL to get only vertical coordinates Returns: cairo.RectangleInt	Gtk.TreeView
	get_child_requisition () : Gtk.Requisition This function is only for use in widget implementations. This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()), in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's requisition. This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that it retrieves the last size request value from widget->requisition, while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method on widget to compute the size request and fill in widget->requisition, and only then returns widget->requisition. Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it can only be used when you know that widget->requisition is up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container implementations have this information; applications should use gtk_widget_size_request(). Returns: Gtk.Requisition	Gtk.Widget
	get_child_visible () : gboolean Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible(). Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible(). If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably needs reorganization. This function is only useful for container implementations and never should be called by an application. Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.	Gtk.Widget
	get_children () : Array Returns the container's non-internal children. Returns the container's non-internal children. See gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child. Returns: Array a newly-allocated list of the container's non-internal children.	Gtk.Container
	get_clipboard (Atom *selection) : Gtk.Clipboard Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to be used with widget. Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to be used with widget. widget* must have a GdkDisplay associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel window. clipboard already exists, a new one will be created. Once a clipboard object has been created, it is persistent for all time. Parameters: Gdk.Atom selection Required (not null) a GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard to use. GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the default clipboard. Another common value is GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives the primary X selection. Returns: Gtk.Clipboard the appropriate clipboard object. If no	Gtk.Widget
	get_column (gint32 n) : Gtk.TreeViewColumn Gets the GtkTreeViewColumn at the given position in the tree_view. Gets the GtkTreeViewColumn at the given position in the tree_view. position is outside the range of columns. Parameters: gint32 n Required (not null) The position of the column, counting from 0. Returns: Gtk.TreeViewColumn The GtkTreeViewColumn, or NULL if the	Gtk.TreeView
	get_columns () : Array Returns a GList of all the GtkTreeViewColumn s currently in tree_view. Returns a GList of all the GtkTreeViewColumn s currently in tree_view. The returned list must be freed with g_list_free (). Returns: Array A list of GtkTreeViewColumn s	Gtk.TreeView
	get_composite_name () : String Obtains the composite name of a widget. Obtains the composite name of a widget. a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no longer needed. Returns: String the composite name of widget, or NULL if widget is not	Gtk.Widget
	get_cursor () : Object Fills in path and focus_column with the current path and focus column. Fills in path and focus_column with the current path and focus column. If the cursor isn't currently set, then *path will be NULL. If no column currently has focus, then *focus_column will be NULL. The returned GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() when you are done with it. Returns: path: Gtk.TreePath focus_column: Gtk.TreeViewColumn	Gtk.TreeView
	get_dest_row_at_pos (gint32 *drag_x, gint32 drag_y, Object out_values) : gboolean Determines the destination row for a given position. Determines the destination row for a given position. drag_x* and meaningful if tree_view is realized. Therefore this function will always return FALSE if tree_view is not realized or does not have a model. is indeed the case. Parameters: gint32 drag_x Required (not null) the position to determine the destination row for gint32 drag_y Required (not null) the position to determine the destination row for Object out_values Gtk.TreePath path Gtk.TreeViewDropPosition pos Returns: gboolean whether there is a row at the given position, TRUE if this	Gtk.TreeView
	get_device_enabled (Device *device) : gboolean Returns whether device* can interact with widget and its children. Returns whether device can interact with widget and its children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled(). Parameters: Gdk.Device device Required (not null) a GdkDevice Returns: gboolean TRUE is device is enabled for widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_device_events (Device *device) : Gdk.EventMask Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These are the events that the widget will receive when device* operates on it. Parameters: Gdk.Device device Required (not null) a GdkDevice Returns: Gdk.EventMask device event mask for widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_direction () : Gtk.TextDirection Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See gtk_widget_set_direction(). Returns: Gtk.TextDirection the reading direction for the widget.	Gtk.Widget
	get_display () : Gdk.Display Get the GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with this widget. Get the GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with this widget. This function can only be called after the widget has been added to a widget hierarchy with a GtkWindow at the top. In general, you should only create display specific resources when a widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized. Returns: Gdk.Display the GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.	Gtk.Widget
	get_double_buffered () : gboolean Determines whether the widget is double buffered. Determines whether the widget is double buffered. See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered() Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget is double buffered	Gtk.Widget
	get_drag_dest_row () : Object Gets information about the row that is highlighted for feedback. Gets information about the row that is highlighted for feedback. Returns: path: Gtk.TreePath pos: Gtk.TreeViewDropPosition	Gtk.TreeView
	get_enable_search () : gboolean Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching by typing in text. Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching by typing in text. Returns: gboolean whether or not to let the user search interactively	Gtk.TreeView
	get_enable_tree_lines () : gboolean Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in tree_view. Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in tree_view. otherwise. Returns: gboolean TRUE if tree lines are drawn in tree_view, FALSE	Gtk.TreeView
	get_events () : gint32 Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags from the GdkEventMask enumeration). Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags from the GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget will receive. Returns: gint32 event mask for widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_expander_column () : Gtk.TreeViewColumn Returns the column that is the current expander column. Returns the column that is the current expander column. This column has the expander arrow drawn next to it. Returns: Gtk.TreeViewColumn The expander column.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_fixed_height_mode () : gboolean Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for tree_view. Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for tree_view. Returns: gboolean TRUE if tree_view is in fixed height mode	Gtk.TreeView
	get_focus_chain (Object *out_values) : gboolean Retrieves the focus chain of the container, if one has been set explicitly. Retrieves the focus chain of the container, if one has been set explicitly. If no focus chain has been explicitly set, GTK+ computes the focus chain based on the positions of the children. In that case, GTK+ stores NULL* in has been set explicitly. Parameters: Object out_values Array focusable_widgets Returns: gboolean TRUE if the focus chain of the container	Gtk.Container
	get_focus_child () : Gtk.Widget Returns the current focus child widget inside container. Returns the current focus child widget inside container. This is not the currently focused widget. That can be obtained by calling gtk_window_get_focus(). focus inside container when the conatiner is focussed, or NULL if none is set. Returns: Gtk.Widget The child widget which will receive the	Gtk.Container
	get_focus_hadjustment () : Gtk.Adjustment Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment (). none has been set. Returns: Gtk.Adjustment the horizontal focus adjustment, or NULL if	Gtk.Container
	get_focus_vadjustment () : Gtk.Adjustment Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment(). none has been set. Returns: Gtk.Adjustment the vertical focus adjustment, or NULL if	Gtk.Container
	get_grid_lines () : Gtk.TreeViewGridLines Returns which grid lines are enabled in tree_view. Returns which grid lines are enabled in tree_view. are enabled. Returns: Gtk.TreeViewGridLines a GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines	Gtk.TreeView
	get_hadjustment () : Gtk.Adjustment Gets the GtkAdjustment currently being used for the horizontal aspect. Gets the GtkAdjustment currently being used for the horizontal aspect. if none is currently being used. Returns: Gtk.Adjustment A GtkAdjustment object, or NULL	Gtk.TreeView
	get_halign () : Gtk.Align Gets the value of the GtkWidget:halign property. Gets the value of the GtkWidget:halign property. Returns: Gtk.Align the horizontal alignment of widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_has_tooltip () : gboolean Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information. Returns: gboolean current value of has-tooltip on widget.	Gtk.Widget
	get_has_window () : gboolean Determines whether widget has a GdkWindow of its own. Determines whether widget has a GdkWindow of its own. See gtk_widget_set_has_window(). Returns: gboolean TRUE if widget has a window, FALSE otherwise	Gtk.Widget
	get_headers_clickable () : gboolean Returns whether all header columns are clickable. Returns whether all header columns are clickable. Returns: gboolean TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise FALSE	Gtk.TreeView
	get_headers_visible () : gboolean Returns TRUE if the headers on the tree_view are visible. Returns TRUE if the headers on the tree_view are visible. Returns: gboolean Whether the headers are visible or not.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_hexpand () : gboolean Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal space. Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal space. When a user resizes a GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to expand. Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children, has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to expand, the parent may ask to expand also. This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget wants to expand. Returns: gboolean whether hexpand flag is set	Gtk.Widget
	get_hexpand_set () : gboolean Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget. Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget. If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not set, then the expand value depends on whether any children of the widget would like to expand. There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here for completeness and consistency. Returns: gboolean whether hexpand has been explicitly set	Gtk.Widget
	get_hover_expand () : gboolean Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for tree_view. Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for tree_view. Returns: gboolean TRUE if tree_view is in hover expansion mode	Gtk.TreeView
	get_hover_selection () : gboolean Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for tree_view. Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for tree_view. Returns: gboolean TRUE if tree_view is in hover selection mode	Gtk.TreeView
	get_hscroll_policy () : Gtk.ScrollablePolicy Gets the horizontal GtkScrollablePolicy. Gets the horizontal GtkScrollablePolicy. Returns: Gtk.ScrollablePolicy The horizontal GtkScrollablePolicy.	Gtk.Scrollable
	get_internal_child (Builder *builder, String childname) : GObject.Object Get the internal child called childname* of the buildable object. Get the internal child called childname of the buildable object. Parameters: Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null) a GtkBuilder String childname Required (not null) name of child Returns: GObject.Object the internal child of the buildable object	Gtk.Buildable
	get_level_indentation () : gint32 Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels in tree_view. Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels in tree_view. Returns: gint32 the amount of extra indentation for child levels in	Gtk.TreeView
	get_mapped () : gboolean Whether the widget is mapped. Whether the widget is mapped. Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget is mapped, FALSE otherwise.	Gtk.Widget
	get_margin_bottom () : gint32 Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-bottom property. Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-bottom property. Returns: gint32 The bottom margin of widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_margin_left () : gint32 Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-left property. Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-left property. Returns: gint32 The left margin of widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_margin_right () : gint32 Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-right property. Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-right property. Returns: gint32 The left margin of widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_margin_top () : gint32 Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-top property. Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-top property. Returns: gint32 The top margin of widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_model () : Gtk.TreeModel Returns the model the GtkTreeView is based on. Returns the model the GtkTreeView is based on. Returns NULL if the model is unset. Returns: Gtk.TreeModel A GtkTreeModel, or NULL if none is currently being used.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_modifier_style () : Gtk.RcStyle Returns the current modifier style for the widget. Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect. normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style, thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive. This rc style is owned by the widget. If you want to keep a pointer to value this around, you must add a refcount using g_object_ref(). Returns: Gtk.RcStyle the modifier style for the widget.	Gtk.Widget
	get_name () : String Retrieves the name of a widget. Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the significance of widget names. should not be modified or freed Returns: String name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and	Gtk.Widget
	get_no_show_all () : gboolean Returns the current value of the GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget. Returns the current value of the GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget. Returns: gboolean the current value of the "no-show-all" property.	Gtk.Widget
	get_pango_context () : Pango.Context Gets a PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for this widget. Gets a PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description, and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to match any changes to the widget's attributes. If you create and keep a PangoLayout using this context, you must deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed() on the layout in response to the GtkWidget::style-updated and GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget. Returns: Pango.Context the PangoContext for the widget.	Gtk.Widget
	get_parent () : Gtk.Widget Returns the parent container of widget. Returns the parent container of widget. Returns: Gtk.Widget the parent container of widget, or NULL	Gtk.Widget
	get_parent_window () : Gdk.Window Gets widget's parent window. Gets widget's parent window. Returns: Gdk.Window the parent window of widget.	Gtk.Widget
	get_path () : Gtk.WidgetPath Returns the GtkWidgetPath representing widget, if the widget is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be created. Returns the GtkWidgetPath representing widget, if the widget is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be created. Returns: Gtk.WidgetPath The GtkWidgetPath representing widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_path_at_pos (gint32 x, gint32 y, Object *out_values) : gboolean Finds the path at the point (x, y), relative to bin_window coordinates (please see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()). Finds the path at the point (x, y), relative to bin_window coordinates (please see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()). That is, x and y are relative to an events coordinates. x and y must come from an event on the tree_view* only where event->window == gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window (). It is primarily for things like popup menus. If path is non-NULL, then it will be filled with the GtkTreePath at that point. This path should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free(). If column is non-NULL, then it will be filled with the column at that point. cell_x and cell_y return the coordinates relative to the cell background (i.e. the background_area passed to gtk_cell_renderer_render()). This function is only meaningful if if tree_view is not realized or does not have a model. For converting widget coordinates (eg. the ones you get from GtkWidget::query-tooltip), please see gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords(). Parameters: gint32 x Required (not null) The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window). gint32 y Required (not null) The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window). Object out_values Gtk.TreePath path Gtk.TreeViewColumn column gint32 cell_x gint32 cell_y Returns: gboolean TRUE if a row exists at that coordinate.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_path_for_child (Widget *child) : Gtk.WidgetPath Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget hierarchy from the toplevel down to child* (this one not being included). Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget hierarchy from the toplevel down to child (this one not being included). Parameters: Gtk.Widget child Required (not null) a child of container Returns: Gtk.WidgetPath A newly created GtkWidgetPath	Gtk.Container
	get_pointer () : Object Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates. Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates. Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are defined as widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to widget->allocation.x, Returns: x: gint32 y: gint32	Gtk.Widget
	get_preferred_height () : Object Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural height. Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural height. This call is specific to width-for-height requests. The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. Returns: minimum_height: gint32 natural_height: gint32	Gtk.Widget
	get_preferred_height_for_width (gint32 *width) : Object Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural height if it would be given the specified width. Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural height if it would be given the specified width. The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. Parameters: gint32 width* Required (not null) the width which is available for allocation Returns: minimum_height: gint32 natural_height: gint32	Gtk.Widget
	get_preferred_size () : Object Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a widget, taking into account the widget's preference for height-for-width management. Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a widget, taking into account the widget's preference for height-for-width management. This is used to retrieve a suitable size by container widgets which do not impose any restrictions on the child placement. It can be used to deduce toplevel window and menu sizes as well as child widgets in free-form containers such as GtkLayout. Handle with care. Note that the natural height of a height-for-width widget will generally be a smaller size than the minimum height, since the required height for the natural width is generally smaller than the required height for the minimum width. Returns: minimum_size: Gtk.Requisition natural_size: Gtk.Requisition	Gtk.Widget
	get_preferred_width () : Object Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural width. Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural width. This call is specific to height-for-width requests. The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. Returns: minimum_width: gint32 natural_width: gint32	Gtk.Widget
	get_preferred_width_for_height (gint32 *height) : Object Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural width if it would be given the specified height. Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural width if it would be given the specified height. The returned request will be modified by the GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one returned by the widget itself. Parameters: gint32 height* Required (not null) the height which is available for allocation Returns: minimum_width: gint32 natural_width: gint32	Gtk.Widget
	get_realized () : gboolean Determines whether widget is realized. Determines whether widget is realized. Returns: gboolean TRUE if widget is realized, FALSE otherwise	Gtk.Widget
	get_receives_default () : gboolean Determines whether widget is alyways treated as default widget withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget is the default. Determines whether widget is alyways treated as default widget withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget is the default. See gtk_widget_set_receives_default(). FALSE otherwise Returns: gboolean TRUE if widget acts as default widget when focussed,	Gtk.Widget
	get_reorderable () : gboolean Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. See gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable(). Returns: gboolean TRUE if the tree can be reordered.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_request_mode () : Gtk.SizeRequestMode Gets whether the widget prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout. Gets whether the widget prefers a height-for-width layout or a width-for-height layout. GtkBin widgets generally propagate the preference of their child, container widgets need to request something either in context of their children or in context of their allocation capabilities. Returns: Gtk.SizeRequestMode The GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by widget.	Gtk.Widget
	get_requisition () : Gtk.Requisition Retrieves the widget's requisition. Retrieves the widget's requisition. This function should only be used by widget implementations in order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually changed after some internal state change (so that they can call gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()). Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used. removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations, add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead. Returns: Gtk.Requisition	Gtk.Widget
	get_resize_mode () : Gtk.ResizeMode Returns the resize mode for the container. Returns the resize mode for the container. See gtk_container_set_resize_mode (). Returns: Gtk.ResizeMode the current resize mode	Gtk.Container
	get_root_window () : Gdk.Window Get the root window where this widget is located. Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can only be called after the widget has been added to a widget hierarchy with GtkWindow at the top. The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only create display specific resources when a widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized. Returns: Gdk.Window the GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.	Gtk.Widget
	get_rubber_banding () : gboolean Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for tree_view. Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for tree_view. If the selection mode is GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse. Returns: gboolean TRUE if rubber banding in tree_view is enabled.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_rules_hint () : gboolean Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint(). Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint(). Returns: gboolean TRUE if rules are useful for the user of this tree	Gtk.TreeView
	get_screen () : Gdk.Screen Get the GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with this widget. Get the GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with this widget. This function can only be called after the widget has been added to a widget hierarchy with a GtkWindow at the top. In general, you should only create screen specific resources when a widget has been realized, and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized. Returns: Gdk.Screen the GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.	Gtk.Widget
	get_search_column () : gint32 Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code. Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code. Returns: gint32 the column the interactive search code searches in.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_search_entry () : Gtk.Entry Returns the GtkEntry which is currently in use as interactive search entry for tree_view. Returns the GtkEntry which is currently in use as interactive search entry for tree_view. In case the built-in entry is being used, NULL will be returned. Returns: Gtk.Entry the entry currently in use as search entry.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_selection () : Gtk.TreeSelection Gets the GtkTreeSelection associated with tree_view. Gets the GtkTreeSelection associated with tree_view. Returns: Gtk.TreeSelection A GtkTreeSelection object.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_sensitive () : gboolean Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()). Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()). The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive(). Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget is sensitive	Gtk.Widget
	get_settings () : Gtk.Settings Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget. Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget. Note that this function can only be called when the GtkWidget is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific to a particular GdkScreen. Returns: Gtk.Settings the relevant GtkSettings object	Gtk.Widget
	get_show_expanders () : gboolean Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in tree_view. Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in tree_view. otherwise. Returns: gboolean TRUE if expanders are drawn in tree_view, FALSE	Gtk.TreeView
	get_size_request () : Object Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using gtk_widget_set_size_request(). Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in width or and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of this function. Returns: width: gint32 height: gint32	Gtk.Widget
	get_state () : Gtk.StateType Returns the widget's state. Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state(). Returns: Gtk.StateType the state of widget.	Gtk.Widget
	get_state_flags () : Gtk.StateFlags Returns the widget state as a flag set. Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning that the effective GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if Returns: Gtk.StateFlags The state flags for widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_style () : Gtk.Style Simply an accessor function that returns widget->style. Simply an accessor function that returns widget->style. Returns: Gtk.Style the widget's GtkStyle	Gtk.Widget
	get_style_context () : Gtk.StyleContext Returns the style context associated to widget. Returns the style context associated to widget. must not be freed. Returns: Gtk.StyleContext a GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by widget and	Gtk.Widget
	get_support_multidevice () : gboolean Returns TRUE if widget is multiple pointer aware. Returns TRUE if widget is multiple pointer aware. See gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information. Returns: gboolean TRUE if widget is multidevice aware.	Gtk.Widget
	get_tooltip_column () : gint32 Returns the column of tree_view's model which is being used for displaying tooltips on tree_view's rows. Returns the column of tree_view's model which is being used for displaying tooltips on tree_view's rows. used, or -1 if this is disabled. Returns: gint32 the index of the tooltip column that is currently being	Gtk.TreeView
	get_tooltip_context (gint32 x, gint32 y, gboolean *keyboard_tip, Object out_values) : gboolean This function is supposed to be used in a GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler for GtkTreeView. This function is supposed to be used in a GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal handler for GtkTreeView. The x, y and keyboard_tip* values which are received in the signal handler, should be passed to this function without modification. The return value indicates whether there is a tree view row at the given coordinates (TRUE) or not (FALSE) for mouse tooltips. For keyboard tooltips the row returned will be the cursor row. When TRUE, then any of that row and the corresponding model. x and y will always be converted to be relative to tree_view's bin_window if keyboard_tooltip is FALSE. Parameters: gint32 x Required (not null) the x coordinate (relative to widget coordinates) gint32 y Required (not null) the y coordinate (relative to widget coordinates) gboolean keyboard_tip Required (not null) whether this is a keyboard tooltip or not Object out_values Gtk.TreeModel model Gtk.TreePath path Gtk.TreeIter iter Returns: gboolean whether or not the given tooltip context points to a row.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_tooltip_markup () : String Gets the contents of the tooltip for widget. Gets the contents of the tooltip for widget. returned string with g_free() when done. Returns: String the tooltip text, or NULL. You should free the	Gtk.Widget
	get_tooltip_text () : String Gets the contents of the tooltip for widget. Gets the contents of the tooltip for widget. returned string with g_free() when done. Returns: String the tooltip text, or NULL. You should free the	Gtk.Widget
	get_tooltip_window () : Gtk.Window Returns the GtkWindow of the current tooltip. Returns the GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window(). Returns: Gtk.Window The GtkWindow of the current tooltip.	Gtk.Widget
	get_toplevel () : Gtk.Widget This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy returned as the topmost widget. This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor(); gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW) would return NULL if widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the window was inside a GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn inside the toplevel GtkWindow. While the second case may seem unlikely, it actually happens when a GtkPlug is embedded inside a GtkSocket within the same application. To reliably find the toplevel GtkWindow, use gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the TOPLEVEL flags is set on the result. \|[ GtkWidget toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget); if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel)) { / Perform action on toplevel. / } ]\| if there's no ancestor. Returns: Gtk.Widget the topmost ancestor of widget, or widget* itself	Gtk.Widget
	get_vadjustment () : Gtk.Adjustment Gets the GtkAdjustment currently being used for the vertical aspect. Gets the GtkAdjustment currently being used for the vertical aspect. if none is currently being used. Returns: Gtk.Adjustment A GtkAdjustment object, or NULL	Gtk.TreeView
	get_valign () : Gtk.Align Gets the value of the GtkWidget:valign property. Gets the value of the GtkWidget:valign property. Returns: Gtk.Align the vertical alignment of widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_vexpand () : gboolean Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space. Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail. Returns: gboolean whether vexpand flag is set	Gtk.Widget
	get_vexpand_set () : gboolean Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget. Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to explicitly set the expand flag on this widget. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail. Returns: gboolean whether vexpand has been explicitly set	Gtk.Widget
	get_visible () : gboolean Determines whether the widget is visible. Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible or the widget is obscured in any way. See gtk_widget_set_visible(). Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget is visible	Gtk.Widget
	get_visible_range (Object *out_values) : gboolean Sets start_path* and end_path to be the first and last visible path. Sets start_path and end_path to be the first and last visible path. Note that there may be invisible paths in between. The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use. Parameters: Object out_values Gtk.TreePath start_path Gtk.TreePath end_path Returns: gboolean TRUE, if valid paths were placed in start_path and end_path.	Gtk.TreeView
	get_visible_rect () : cairo.RectangleInt Fills visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the buffer, in tree coordinates. Fills visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the buffer, in tree coordinates. Convert to bin_window coordinates with gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords(). Tree coordinates start at 0,0 for row 0 of the tree, and cover the entire scrollable area of the tree. Returns: cairo.RectangleInt	Gtk.TreeView
	get_visual () : Gdk.Visual Gets the visual that will be used to render widget. Gets the visual that will be used to render widget. Returns: Gdk.Visual the visual for widget	Gtk.Widget
	get_vscroll_policy () : Gtk.ScrollablePolicy Gets the vertical GtkScrollablePolicy. Gets the vertical GtkScrollablePolicy. Returns: Gtk.ScrollablePolicy The vertical GtkScrollablePolicy.	Gtk.Scrollable
	get_window () : Gdk.Window Returns the widget's window if it is realized, NULL otherwise Returns the widget's window if it is realized, NULL otherwise Returns: Gdk.Window widget's window.	Gtk.Widget
	grab_add () : none Makes widget the current grabbed widget. Makes widget the current grabbed widget. This means that interaction with other widgets in the same application is blocked and mouse as well as keyboard events are delivered to this widget. If widget is not sensitive, it is not set as the current grabbed widget and this function does nothing. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	grab_default () : none Causes widget to become the default widget. Causes widget to become the default widget. widget must have the GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag yourself by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, TRUE). The default widget is activated when the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note that GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property set to TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter is pressed and the GtkEntry is focused. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	grab_focus () : none Causes widget to have the keyboard focus for the GtkWindow it's inside. Causes widget to have the keyboard focus for the GtkWindow it's inside. widget must be a focusable widget, such as a GtkEntry; something like GtkFrame won't work. More precisely, it must have the GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag. The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget will likely fail and cause critical warnings. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	grab_remove () : none Removes the grab from the given widget. Removes the grab from the given widget. You have to pair calls to gtk_grab_add() and gtk_grab_remove(). If widget does not have the grab, this function does nothing. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	has_default () : gboolean Determines whether widget is the current default widget within its toplevel. Determines whether widget is the current default widget within its toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default(). its toplevel, FALSE otherwise Returns: gboolean TRUE if widget is the current default widget within	Gtk.Widget
	has_focus () : gboolean Determines if the widget has the global input focus. Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel. Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.	Gtk.Widget
	has_grab () : gboolean Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse). Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse). See also gtk_grab_add(). Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack	Gtk.Widget
	has_rc_style () : gboolean Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism. Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism. mechanism, FALSE otherwise. Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget has been looked up through the rc	Gtk.Widget
	has_screen () : gboolean Checks whether there is a GdkScreen is associated with this widget. Checks whether there is a GdkScreen is associated with this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel window at the top. with the widget. Returns: gboolean TRUE if there is a GdkScreen associcated	Gtk.Widget
	hide () : none Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be hidden (invisible to the user). Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be hidden (invisible to the user). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	hide_on_delete () : gboolean Utility function; intended to be connected to the GtkWidget::delete-event signal on a GtkWindow. Utility function; intended to be connected to the GtkWidget::delete-event signal on a GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its argument, then returns TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event is received. Returns: gboolean TRUE	Gtk.Widget
	in_destruction () : gboolean Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed. Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed. This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing unnecessary work. Returns: gboolean TRUE if widget is being destroyed	Gtk.Widget
	input_shape_combine_region (Region *region) : none Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information. Parameters: cairo.Region region* shape to be added, or NULL to remove an existing shape Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	insert_column (TreeViewColumn *column, gint32 position) : gint32 This inserts the column* into the tree_view at position. This inserts the column into the tree_view at position. If position is -1, then the column is inserted at the end. If tree_view has "fixed_height" mode enabled, then column must have its "sizing" property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. Parameters: Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null) The GtkTreeViewColumn to be inserted. gint32 position Required (not null) The position to insert column in. Returns: gint32 The number of columns in tree_view after insertion.	Gtk.TreeView
	insert_column_with_data_func (gint32 *position, String title, CellRenderer cell, Function func, void *data, Function dnotify) : gint32 Convenience function that inserts a new column into the GtkTreeView* with the given cell renderer and a GtkCellDataFunc to set cell renderer attributes (normally using data from the model). Convenience function that inserts a new column into the GtkTreeView with the given cell renderer and a GtkCellDataFunc to set cell renderer attributes (normally using data from the model). See also gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func(), gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start(). If tree_view has "fixed_height" mode enabled, then the new column will have its "sizing" property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. Parameters: gint32 position Required (not null) Position to insert, -1 for append String title Required (not null) column title Gtk.CellRenderer cell Required (not null) cell renderer for column Function (TreeViewColumn *tree_column, CellRenderer cell, TreeModel tree_model, TreeIter iter, void *data) : gint32 Required (not null) function to set attributes of cell renderer void data Required (not null) data for func Function (void* *data) : gint32 Required (not null) destroy notifier for data* Returns: gint32 number of columns in the tree view post-insert	Gtk.TreeView
	intersect (RectangleInt *area, RectangleInt intersection) : gboolean Computes the intersection of a widget's area and area, storing the intersection in intersection, and returns TRUE* if there was an intersection. Computes the intersection of a widget's area and area, storing the intersection in intersection, and returns TRUE if there was an intersection. intersection may be NULL if you're only interested in whether there was an intersection. Parameters: cairo.RectangleInt area Required (not null) a rectangle cairo.RectangleInt intersection Required (not null) rectangle to store intersection of widget and area Returns: gboolean TRUE if there was an intersection	Gtk.Widget
	is_ancestor (Widget *ancestor) : gboolean Determines whether widget* is somewhere inside ancestor, possibly with intermediate containers. Determines whether widget is somewhere inside ancestor, possibly with intermediate containers. grandchild, great grandchild, etc. Parameters: Gtk.Widget ancestor Required (not null) another GtkWidget Returns: gboolean TRUE if ancestor contains widget as a child,	Gtk.Widget
	is_blank_at_pos (gint32 x, gint32 y, Object *out_values) : gboolean Determine whether the point (x, y) in tree_view* is blank, that is no cell content nor an expander arrow is drawn at the location. Determine whether the point (x, y) in tree_view is blank, that is no cell content nor an expander arrow is drawn at the location. If so, the location can be considered as the background. You might wish to take special action on clicks on the background, such as clearing a current selection, having a custom context menu or starting rubber banding. The x and y coordinate that are provided must be relative to bin_window coordinates. That is, x and y must come from an event on tree_view where event->window == gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window (). For converting widget coordinates (eg. the ones you get from GtkWidget::query-tooltip), please see gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords(). The path, column, cell_x and cell_y arguments will be filled in likewise as for gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos(). Please see gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information. FALSE otherwise. Parameters: gint32 x Required (not null) The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window) gint32 y Required (not null) The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window) Object out_values Gtk.TreePath path Gtk.TreeViewColumn column gint32 cell_x gint32 cell_y Returns: gboolean TRUE if the area at the given coordinates is blank,	Gtk.TreeView
	is_composited () : gboolean Whether widget can rely on having its alpha channel drawn correctly. Whether widget can rely on having its alpha channel drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a compositing manager is running for widget's screen. Please note that the semantics of this call will change in the future if used on a widget that has a composited window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()). channel being drawn correctly. Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha	Gtk.Widget
	is_drawable () : gboolean Determines whether widget can be drawn to. Determines whether widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn to if it is mapped and visible. Returns: gboolean TRUE if widget is drawable, FALSE otherwise	Gtk.Widget
	is_focus () : gboolean Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its toplevel. Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its toplevel. (This does not mean that the HAS_FOCUS flag is necessarily set; HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.) Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.	Gtk.Widget
	is_rubber_banding_active () : gboolean Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done in tree_view. Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done in tree_view. done in tree_view. Returns: gboolean TRUE if a rubber banding operation is currently being	Gtk.TreeView
	is_sensitive () : gboolean Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive Returns: gboolean TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive	Gtk.Widget
	is_toplevel () : gboolean Determines whether widget is a toplevel widget. Determines whether widget is a toplevel widget. Currently only GtkWindow and GtkInvisible (and out-of-process GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent widget. Returns: gboolean TRUE if widget is a toplevel, FALSE otherwise	Gtk.Widget
	keynav_failed (DirectionType *direction) : gboolean This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within a single widget hits a boundary. This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of gtk_widget_child_focus(): When TRUE* is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the focus to. When FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel. The default ::keynav-failed handler returns TRUE for GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other values of GtkDirectionType, it looks at the GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns FALSE if the setting is TRUE. This way the entire user interface becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones which only have cursor keys but no tab key. Whenever the default handler returns TRUE, it also calls gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard navigation. A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces that require entering license keys. if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard navigation attempt in its parent container(s). Parameters: Gtk.DirectionType direction Required (not null) direction of focus movement Returns: gboolean TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, FALSE	Gtk.Widget
	list_accel_closures () : Array Lists the closures used by widget for accelerator group connections with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect(). Lists the closures used by widget for accelerator group connections with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect(). The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on widget, by connecting to the GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure(). a newly allocated GList of closures Returns: Array	Gtk.Widget
	list_mnemonic_labels () : Array Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example, gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()). Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example, gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()). The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you must call g_list_foreach (result, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL) first, and then unref all the widgets afterwards. mnemonic labels; free this list with g_list_free() when you are done with it. Returns: Array the list of	Gtk.Widget
	map () : none This function is only for use in widget implementations. This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be mapped if it isn't already. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	map_expanded_rows (Function *func, void *data) : none Calls func* on all expanded rows. Calls func on all expanded rows. Parameters: Function (TreeView *tree_view, TreePath path, void *user_data) : none Required (not null) A function to be called void data Required (not null) User data to be passed to the function. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	mnemonic_activate (gboolean *group_cycling) : gboolean Emits the GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal. Emits the GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal. The default handler for this signal activates the widget* if is TRUE. Parameters: gboolean group_cycling Required (not null) TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic Returns: gboolean TRUE if the signal has been handled	Gtk.Widget
	modify_base (StateType *state, Color color) : none Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state. Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state. All other style values are left untouched. The base color is the background color used along with the text color (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as GtkEntry* and GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). Note that "no window" widgets (which have the GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set) draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g. GtkLabel. To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the base color on their parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in a GtkEventBox widget and setting the base color on that. Parameters: Gtk.StateType state Required (not null) the state for which to set the base color Gdk.Color color the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_base(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	modify_bg (StateType *state, Color color) : none Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state. Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). Note that "no window" widgets (which have the GTK_NO_WINDOW* flag set) draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g. GtkLabel. To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the background color on their parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in a GtkEventBox widget and setting the background color on that. Parameters: Gtk.StateType state Required (not null) the state for which to set the background color Gdk.Color color the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_bg(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	modify_cursor (Color *primary, Color secondary) : none Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the GtkWidget:cursor-color and GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color style properties. Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the GtkWidget:cursor-color and GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color style properties. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). Parameters: Gdk.Color primary* Required (not null) the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_cursor(). Gdk.Color secondary Required (not null) the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_cursor(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	modify_fg (StateType *state, Color color) : none Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state. Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). Parameters: Gtk.StateType state* Required (not null) the state for which to set the foreground color Gdk.Color color the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_fg(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	modify_font (FontDescription *font_desc) : none Sets the font to use for a widget. Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). Parameters: Pango.FontDescription font_desc* the font description to use, or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font() Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	modify_style (RcStyle *style) : none Modifies style values on the widget. Modifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file, however, they will be overridden if a style is explicitely set on the widget using gtk_widget_set_style(). The GtkRcStyle* structure is designed so each field can either be set or unset, so it is possible, using this function, to modify some style values and leave the others unchanged. Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(), make your modifications to the returned style, then call gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand, if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative effect with the initial modifications. Parameters: Gtk.RcStyle style Required (not null) the GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	modify_text (StateType *state, Color color) : none Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state. Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state. All other style values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground color used along with the base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base()) for widgets such as GtkEntry* and GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). Parameters: Gtk.StateType state Required (not null) the state for which to set the text color Gdk.Color color the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_text(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	move_column_after (TreeViewColumn *column, TreeViewColumn base_column) : none Moves column* to be after to base_column. Moves column to be after to base_column. If base_column is NULL, then Parameters: Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null) The GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved. Gtk.TreeViewColumn base_column The GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved relative to, or NULL. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	override_background_color (StateFlags *state, RGBA color) : none Sets the background color to use for a widget. Sets the background color to use for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color(). Parameters: Gtk.StateFlags state* Required (not null) the state for which to set the background color Gdk.RGBA color Required (not null) the color to assign, or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color() Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	override_color (StateFlags *state, RGBA color) : none Sets the color to use for a widget. Sets the color to use for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class() and gtk_style_context_add_region(). This way, your widget library can install a GtkCssProvider* with the GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and this theming may fully overridden by the user's theme. Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a GtkCssProvider with the GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION priority. Parameters: Gtk.StateFlags state Required (not null) the state for which to set the color Gdk.RGBA color Required (not null) the color to assign, or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color() Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	override_cursor (RGBA *cursor, RGBA secondary_cursor) : none Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the GtkWidget:cursor-color and GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color style properties. Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the GtkWidget:cursor-color and GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color style properties. All other style values are left untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style(). Note that the underlying properties have the GdkColor* type, so the alpha value in primary and secondary will be ignored. Parameters: Gdk.RGBA cursor Required (not null) the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor(). Gdk.RGBA secondary_cursor Required (not null) the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	override_font (FontDescription *font_desc) : none Sets the font to use for a widget. Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color(). Parameters: Pango.FontDescription font_desc* Required (not null) the font descriptiong to use, or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font() Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	override_symbolic_color (String *name, RGBA color) : none Sets a symbolic color for a widget. Sets a symbolic color for a widget. All other style values are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground or background color. Parameters: String name* Required (not null) the name of the symbolic color to modify Gdk.RGBA color the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color() Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	parser_finished (Builder *builder) : none Called when the builder finishes the parsing of a GtkBuilder UI definition. Called when the builder finishes the parsing of a GtkBuilder UI definition. Note that this will be called once for each time gtk_builder_add_from_file() or gtk_builder_add_from_string() is called on a builder. Parameters: Gtk.Builder builder* Required (not null) a GtkBuilder Returns: none	Gtk.Buildable
	path () : Object Obtains the full path to widget. Obtains the full path to widget. The path is simply the name of a widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by periods. The name of a widget comes from gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc file. path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order, i.e. starting with widget's name instead of starting with the name of widget's outermost ancestor. Returns: path_length: guint32 path: String path_reversed: String	Gtk.Widget
	propagate_draw (Widget *child, Context cr) : none When a container receives a call to the draw function, it must send synthetic GtkWidget::draw calls to all children that don't have their own GdkWindows. When a container receives a call to the draw function, it must send synthetic GtkWidget::draw calls to all children that don't have their own GdkWindows. This function provides a convenient way of doing this. A container, when it receives a call to its GtkWidget::draw function, calls gtk_container_propagate_draw() once for each child, passing in the cr the container received. gtk_container_propagate_draw() takes care of translating the origin of cr, and deciding whether the draw needs to be sent to the child. It is a convenient and optimized way of getting the same effect as calling gtk_widget_draw() on the child directly. In most cases, a container can simply either inherit the GtkWidget::draw implementation from GtkContainer, or do some drawing and then chain to the ::draw implementation from GtkContainer. Parameters: Gtk.Widget child* Required (not null) a child of container cairo.Context cr Required (not null) Cairo context as passed to the container. If you want to use cr in container's draw function, consider using cairo_save() and cairo_restore() before calling this function. Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	queue_compute_expand () : none Mark widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Mark widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call this function when setting legacy expand child properties on the child of a container. See gtk_widget_compute_expand(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	queue_draw () : none Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the entire area of a widget. Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the entire area of a widget. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	queue_draw_area (gint32 x, gint32 y, gint32 *width, gint32 height) : none Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on the region created from the given coordinates. Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on the region created from the given coordinates. The region here is specified in widget coordinates. Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are defined as widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not GTK_NO_WINDOW* widgets, and are relative to widget->allocation.x, Parameters: gint32 x Required (not null) x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw gint32 y Required (not null) y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw gint32 width Required (not null) width of region to draw gint32 height Required (not null) height of region to draw Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	queue_draw_region (Region *region) : none Invalidates the rectangular area of widget* defined by region by calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and all its child windows. Invalidates the rectangular area of widget defined by region by calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have been invalidated. Normally you would only use this function in widget implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof. Parameters: cairo.Region region Required (not null) region to draw Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	queue_resize () : none This function is only for use in widget implementations. This function is only for use in widget implementations. Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request. For example, when you change the text in a GtkLabel, GtkLabel queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text. You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	queue_resize_no_redraw () : none This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(), except that the widget is not invalidated. This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(), except that the widget is not invalidated. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	realize () : none Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a widget. Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a widget. For example, widget->window will be created when a widget is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be realized and mapped automatically. Realizing a widget requires all the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to when you realize it, bad things will happen. This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be called after the widget is realized automatically, such as GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the GtkWidget::realize signal. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	region_intersect (Region *region) : cairo.Region Computes the intersection of a widget's area and region, returning the intersection. Computes the intersection of a widget's area and region, returning the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to check. Parameters: cairo.Region region* Required (not null) a cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as for NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window of widget->window for widgets with their own window. Returns: cairo.Region A newly allocated region holding the intersection of widget and region. The coordinates of the return value are relative to widget->window for NO_WINDOW widgets, and relative to the parent window of widget->window for widgets with their own window.	Gtk.Widget
	remove (Widget *widget) : none Removes widget* from container. Removes widget from container. widget must be inside container. Note that container will own a reference to widget, and that this may be the last reference held; so removing a widget from its container can destroy that widget. If you want to use widget again, you need to add a reference to it while it's not inside a container, using g_object_ref(). If you don't want to use widget again it's usually more efficient to simply destroy it directly using gtk_widget_destroy() since this will remove it from the container and help break any circular reference count cycles. Parameters: Gtk.Widget widget Required (not null) a current child of container Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	remove_accelerator (AccelGroup *accel_group, guint32 accel_key, ModifierType accel_mods) : gboolean Removes an accelerator from widget, previously installed with gtk_widget_add_accelerator(). Removes an accelerator from widget, previously installed with gtk_widget_add_accelerator(). Parameters: Gtk.AccelGroup accel_group* Required (not null) accel group for this widget guint32 accel_key Required (not null) GDK keyval of the accelerator Gdk.ModifierType accel_mods Required (not null) modifier key combination of the accelerator Returns: gboolean whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed	Gtk.Widget
	remove_column (TreeViewColumn *column) : gint32 Removes column* from tree_view. Removes column from tree_view. Parameters: Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null) The GtkTreeViewColumn to remove. Returns: gint32 The number of columns in tree_view after removing.	Gtk.TreeView
	remove_mnemonic_label (Widget *label) : none Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget must have previously been added to the list with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label(). Parameters: Gtk.Widget label* Required (not null) a GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	render_icon (String *stock_id, gint32 size, String detail) : GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf A convenience function that uses the theme settings for widget* to look up stock_id and render it to a pixbuf. A convenience function that uses the theme settings for widget to look up stock_id and render it to a pixbuf. stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as GTK_STOCK_OPEN or GTK_STOCK_OK. size should be a size such as GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. detail should be a string that identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so that theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or code. The pixels in the returned GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed after use with g_object_unref(). stock ID wasn't known Parameters: String stock_id Required (not null) a stock ID gint32 size Required (not null) a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes). String detail render detail to pass to theme engine Returns: GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf a new pixbuf, or NULL if the	Gtk.Widget
	render_icon_pixbuf (String *stock_id, gint32 size) : GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style settings for widget* to look up stock_id and render it to a pixbuf. A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style settings for widget to look up stock_id and render it to a pixbuf. stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as GTK_STOCK_OPEN or GTK_STOCK_OK. size should be a size such as GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. The pixels in the returned GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed after use with g_object_unref(). stock ID wasn't known Parameters: String stock_id Required (not null) a stock ID gint32 size Required (not null) a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes). Returns: GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf a new pixbuf, or NULL if the	Gtk.Widget
	reparent (Widget *new_parent) : none Moves a widget from one GtkContainer* to another, handling reference count issues to avoid destroying the widget. Moves a widget from one GtkContainer to another, handling reference count issues to avoid destroying the widget. Parameters: Gtk.Widget new_parent Required (not null) a GtkContainer to move the widget into Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	reset_rc_styles () : none Reset the styles of widget and all descendents, so when they are looked up again, they get the correct values for the currently loaded RC file settings. Reset the styles of widget and all descendents, so when they are looked up again, they get the correct values for the currently loaded RC file settings. This function is not useful for applications. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	reset_style () : none Updates the style context of widget and all descendents by updating its widget path. Updates the style context of widget and all descendents by updating its widget path. GtkContainers may want to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child(). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	resize_children () : none Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	row_activated (TreePath *path, TreeViewColumn column) : none Activates the cell determined by path* and column. Activates the cell determined by path and column. Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null) The GtkTreePath to be activated. Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null) The GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	row_expanded (TreePath *path) : gboolean Returns TRUE* if the node pointed to by path is expanded in tree_view. Returns TRUE if the node pointed to by path is expanded in tree_view. Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null) A GtkTreePath to test expansion state. Returns: gboolean TRUE if path is expanded.	Gtk.TreeView
	scroll_to_cell (TreePath *path, TreeViewColumn column, gboolean use_align, gfloat row_align, gfloat col_align) : none Moves the alignments of tree_view* to the position specified by column and if path is NULL no vertical scrolling occurs. Moves the alignments of tree_view to the position specified by column and if path is NULL no vertical scrolling occurs. At a minimum, one of column or path need to be non-NULL. row_align determines where the row is placed, and col_align determines where column is placed. Both are expected to be between 0.0 and 1.0. 0.0 means left/top alignment, 1.0 means right/bottom alignment, 0.5 means center. If use_align is FALSE, then the alignment arguments are ignored, and the tree does the minimum amount of work to scroll the cell onto the screen. This means that the cell will be scrolled to the edge closest to its current position. If the cell is currently visible on the screen, nothing is done. This function only works if the model is set, and path is a valid row on the model. If the model changes before the tree_view is realized, the centered path will be modified to reflect this change. Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path The path of the row to move to, or NULL. Gtk.TreeViewColumn column The GtkTreeViewColumn to move horizontally to, or NULL. gboolean use_align Required (not null) whether to use alignment arguments, or FALSE. gfloat row_align Required (not null) The vertical alignment of the row specified by path. gfloat col_align Required (not null) The horizontal alignment of the column specified by column. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	scroll_to_point (gint32 *tree_x, gint32 tree_y) : none Scrolls the tree view such that the top-left corner of the visible area is tree_x, tree_y, where tree_x* and tree_y are specified in tree coordinates. Scrolls the tree view such that the top-left corner of the visible area is tree_x, tree_y, where tree_x and tree_y are specified in tree coordinates. The tree_view must be realized before this function is called. If it isn't, you probably want to be using gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cell(). If either tree_x or tree_y are -1, then that direction isn't scrolled. Parameters: gint32 tree_x Required (not null) X coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1 gint32 tree_y Required (not null) Y coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1 Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	send_expose (Event *event) : gint32 Very rarely-used function. Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose event to a child NO_WINDOW* widget, and that is normally done using gtk_container_propagate_draw(). If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn, use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region(). To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call with a call to gdk_window_process_updates(). the event was handled) Parameters: Gdk.Event event Required (not null) a expose GdkEvent Returns: gint32 return from the event signal emission (TRUE if	Gtk.Widget
	send_focus_change (Event *event) : gboolean Sends the focus change event* to widget This function is not meant to be used by applications. Sends the focus change event to widget This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it should be used is when it is necessary for a GtkWidget to assign focus to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating window similar to the quick search in GtkTreeView. An example of its usage is: \|[ GdkEvent fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE); fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE; fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE; fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget); if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL) g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window); gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent); gdk_event_free (event); ]\| if the event was handled, and FALSE* otherwise Parameters: Gdk.Event event Required (not null) a GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE Returns: gboolean the return value from the event signal emission: TRUE	Gtk.Widget
	set_accel_path (String *accel_path, AccelGroup accel_group) : none Given an accelerator group, accel_group, and an accelerator path, key binding that is defined for accel_path* is pressed, widget will be activated. Given an accelerator group, accel_group, and an accelerator path, key binding that is defined for accel_path is pressed, widget will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any accelerator group) installed by previous calls to gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().) This function is a low level function that would most likely be used by a menu creation system like GtkUIManager. If you use GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done automatically. Even when you you aren't using GtkUIManager, if you only want to set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() provides a somewhat more convenient interface. Note that accel_path string will be stored in a GQuark. Therefore, if you pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with g_intern_static_string(). Parameters: String accel_path path used to look up the accelerator Gtk.AccelGroup accel_group a GtkAccelGroup. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_allocation (RectangleInt *allocation) : none Sets the widget's allocation. Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method. The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual allocation. If you're implementing a GtkContainer, you want to use gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation(). The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted allocation. Parameters: cairo.RectangleInt allocation* Required (not null) a pointer to a GtkAllocation to copy from Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_app_paintable (gboolean *app_paintable) : none Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in an GtkWidget::draw handler. Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in an GtkWidget::draw handler. This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets that do pay attention to the flag, such as GtkEventBox* and GtkWindow, the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background. Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped. Parameters: gboolean app_paintable Required (not null) TRUE if the application will paint on the widget Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_border_width (guint32 *border_width) : none Sets the border width of the container. Sets the border width of the container. The border width of a container is the amount of space to leave around the outside of the container. The only exception to this is GtkWindow; because toplevel windows can't leave space outside, they leave the space inside. The border is added on all sides of the container. To add space to only one side, one approach is to create a GtkAlignment* widget, call gtk_widget_set_size_request() to give it a size, and place it on the side of the container as a spacer. Parameters: guint32 border_width Required (not null) amount of blank space to leave outside the container. Valid values are in the range 0-65535 pixels. Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	set_buildable_property (Builder *builder, String name, Value value) : none Sets the property name name* to value on the buildable object. Sets the property name name to value on the buildable object. Parameters: Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null) a GtkBuilder String name Required (not null) name of property GObject.Value value Required (not null) value of property Returns: none	Gtk.Buildable
	set_can_default (gboolean *can_default) : none Specifies whether widget* can be a default widget. Specifies whether widget can be a default widget. See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of "default". Parameters: gboolean can_default Required (not null) whether or not widget can be a default widget. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_can_focus (gboolean *can_focus) : none Specifies whether widget* can own the input focus. Specifies whether widget can own the input focus. See gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a widget. Parameters: gboolean can_focus Required (not null) whether or not widget can own the input focus. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_child_visible (gboolean *is_visible) : none Sets whether widget* should be mapped along with its when its parent is mapped and widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show(). Sets whether widget should be mapped along with its when its parent is mapped and widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show(). The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However it will be reset to its default state of TRUE when the widget is removed from a container. Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container can queue a resize itself. This function is only useful for container implementations and never should be called by an application. Parameters: gboolean is_visible Required (not null) if TRUE, widget should be mapped along with its parent. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_column_drag_function (Function *func, void *user_data, Function destroy) : none Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when dragged. Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when dragged. This function is called on every column pair in turn at the beginning of a column drag to determine where a drop can take place. The dragged, the two GtkTreeViewColumn* s determining the drop spot, and are NULL, then they indicate an edge. If func is set to be NULL, then dropped everywhere. Parameters: Function (TreeView *tree_view, TreeViewColumn column, TreeViewColumn prev_column, TreeViewColumn next_column, void *data) : none A function to determine which columns are reorderable, or NULL. void user_data User data to be passed to func, or NULL Function (void* *data) : none Destroy notifier for user_data, or NULL* Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_composite_name (String *name) : none Sets a widgets composite name. Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child(). Parameters: String name* Required (not null) the name to set Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_cursor (TreePath *path, TreeViewColumn focus_column, gboolean start_editing) : none Sets the current keyboard focus to be at path, and selects it. Sets the current keyboard focus to be at path, and selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user's attention on a particular row. If it. Additionally, if focus_column* is specified, and start_editing is TRUE, then editing should be started in the specified cell. This function is often followed by gtk_widget_grab_focus (tree_view) in order to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized. If path is invalid for model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset and the function will return without failing. Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null) A GtkTreePath Gtk.TreeViewColumn focus_column A GtkTreeViewColumn, or NULL gboolean start_editing Required (not null) TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_cursor_on_cell (TreePath *path, TreeViewColumn focus_column, CellRenderer focus_cell, gboolean start_editing) : none Sets the current keyboard focus to be at path, and selects it. Sets the current keyboard focus to be at path, and selects it. This is useful when you want to focus the user's attention on a particular row. If it. If focus_column* and focus_cell are not NULL, and focus_column contains 2 or more editable or activatable cells, then focus is given to the cell specified by focus_cell. Additionally, if focus_column is specified, and start_editing is TRUE, then editing should be started in the specified cell. This function is often followed by widget. Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is realized. If path is invalid for model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset and the function will return without failing. Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null) A GtkTreePath Gtk.TreeViewColumn focus_column A GtkTreeViewColumn, or NULL Gtk.CellRenderer focus_cell A GtkCellRenderer, or NULL gboolean start_editing Required (not null) TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_destroy_count_func (Function *func, void *data, Function destroy) : none This function should almost never be used. This function should almost never be used. It is meant for private use by ATK for determining the number of visible children that are removed when the user collapses a row, or a row is deleted. Parameters: Function (TreeView tree_view, TreePath path, gint32 children, void *user_data) : none Function to be called when a view row is destroyed, or NULL* void* data User data to be passed to func, or NULL Function (void* *data) : none Destroy notifier for data, or NULL* Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_device_enabled (Device *device, gboolean enabled) : none Enables or disables a GdkDevice* to interact with widget and all its children. Enables or disables a GdkDevice to interact with widget and all its children. It does so by descending through the GdkWindow hierarchy and enabling the same mask that is has for core events (i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns). Parameters: Gdk.Device device Required (not null) a GdkDevice gboolean enabled Required (not null) whether to enable the device Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_device_events (Device *device, EventMask events) : none Sets the device event mask (see GdkEventMask) for a widget. Sets the device event mask (see GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event mask determines which events a widget will receive from device. Keep in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality, so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event mask. This function can't be used with GTK_NO_WINDOW* widgets; to get events on those widgets, place them inside a GtkEventBox and receive events on the event box. Parameters: Gdk.Device device Required (not null) a GdkDevice Gdk.EventMask events Required (not null) event mask Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_direction (TextDirection *dir) : none Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction controls the primary direction for widgets containing text, and also the direction in which the children of a container are packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will let the default reading direction present, except for containers where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification). If the direction is set to GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used. Parameters: Gtk.TextDirection dir* Required (not null) the new direction Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_double_buffered (gboolean *double_buffered) : none Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function to turn off the buffering. Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called automatically around expose events sent to the widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics primitives being rendered. In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker, so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing. expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in gdk_window_begin_paint()). Parameters: gboolean double_buffered* Required (not null) TRUE to double-buffer a widget Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_drag_dest_row (TreePath *path, TreeViewDropPosition pos) : none Sets the row that is highlighted for feedback. Sets the row that is highlighted for feedback. Parameters: Gtk.TreePath path* The path of the row to highlight, or NULL. Gtk.TreeViewDropPosition pos Required (not null) Specifies whether to drop before, after or into the row Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_enable_search (gboolean *enable_search) : none If enable_search* is set, then the user can type in text to search through the tree interactively (this is sometimes called "typeahead find"). If enable_search is set, then the user can type in text to search through the tree interactively (this is sometimes called "typeahead find"). Note that even if this is FALSE, the user can still initiate a search using the "start-interactive-search" key binding. Parameters: gboolean enable_search Required (not null) TRUE, if the user can search interactively Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_enable_tree_lines (gboolean *enabled) : none Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in tree_view. Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in tree_view. This does not have any visible effects for lists. Parameters: gboolean enabled* Required (not null) TRUE to enable tree line drawing, FALSE otherwise. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_events (gint32 *events) : none Sets the event mask (see GdkEventMask) for a widget. Sets the event mask (see GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality, so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event mask. This function can't be used with GTK_NO_WINDOW* widgets; to get events on those widgets, place them inside a GtkEventBox and receive events on the event box. Parameters: gint32 events Required (not null) event mask Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_expander_column (TreeViewColumn *column) : none Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. It must be in tree_view. If column* is NULL, then the expander arrow is always at the first visible column. If you do not want expander arrow to appear in your tree, set the expander column to a hidden column. Parameters: Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null) NULL, or the column to draw the expander arrow at. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_fixed_height_mode (gboolean *enable) : none Enables or disables the fixed height mode of tree_view. Enables or disables the fixed height mode of tree_view. Fixed height mode speeds up GtkTreeView* by assuming that all rows have the same height. Only enable this option if all rows are the same height and all columns are of type GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED. Parameters: gboolean enable Required (not null) TRUE to enable fixed height mode Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_focus_chain (Array *focusable_widgets) : none Sets a focus chain, overriding the one computed automatically by GTK+. Sets a focus chain, overriding the one computed automatically by GTK+. In principle each widget in the chain should be a descendant of the container, but this is not enforced by this method, since it's allowed to set the focus chain before you pack the widgets, or have a widget in the chain that isn't always packed. The necessary checks are done when the focus chain is actually traversed. Parameters: Array focusable_widgets* Required (not null) the new focus chain Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	set_focus_child (Widget *child) : none Sets, or unsets if child* is NULL, the focused child of container. Sets, or unsets if child is NULL, the focused child of container. This function emits the GtkContainer::set_focus_child signal of default behaviour by overriding the class closure of this signal. This is function is mostly meant to be used by widgets. Applications can use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manualy set the focus to a specific widget. Parameters: Gtk.Widget child a GtkWidget, or NULL Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	set_focus_hadjustment (Adjustment *adjustment) : none Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that widget. Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that widget. This function sets the horizontal alignment. See gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment and gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment() for setting the vertical adjustment. The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children of the container. Parameters: Gtk.Adjustment adjustment* Required (not null) an adjustment which should be adjusted when the focus is moved among the descendents of container Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	set_focus_vadjustment (Adjustment *adjustment) : none Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that widget. Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that widget. This function sets the vertical alignment. See gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining the adjustment and gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment() for setting the horizontal adjustment. The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate system as the allocation for immediate children of the container. Parameters: Gtk.Adjustment adjustment* Required (not null) an adjustment which should be adjusted when the focus is moved among the descendents of container Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	set_grid_lines (TreeViewGridLines *grid_lines) : none Sets which grid lines to draw in tree_view. Sets which grid lines to draw in tree_view. Parameters: Gtk.TreeViewGridLines grid_lines* Required (not null) a GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines to enable. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_hadjustment (Adjustment *adjustment) : none Sets the GtkAdjustment* for the current horizontal aspect. Sets the GtkAdjustment for the current horizontal aspect. Parameters: Gtk.Adjustment adjustment The GtkAdjustment to set, or NULL Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_halign (Align *align) : none Sets the horizontal alignment of widget. Sets the horizontal alignment of widget. See the GtkWidget:halign property. Parameters: Gtk.Align align* Required (not null) the horizontal alignment Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_has_tooltip (gboolean *has_tooltip) : none Sets the has-tooltip property on widget* to has_tooltip. Sets the has-tooltip property on widget to has_tooltip. See GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information. Parameters: gboolean has_tooltip Required (not null) whether or not widget has a tooltip. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_has_window (gboolean *has_window) : none Specifies whether widget* has a GdkWindow of its own. Specifies whether widget has a GdkWindow of its own. Note that all realized widgets have a non-NULL "window" pointer (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a NULL window when a widget is realized), but for many of them it's actually the GdkWindow of one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a window for themselves in GtkWidget::realize must announce this by calling this function with has_window = FALSE. This function should only be called by widget implementations, and they should call it in their init() function. Parameters: gboolean has_window Required (not null) whether or not widget has a window. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_headers_clickable (gboolean *setting) : none Allow the column title buttons to be clicked. Allow the column title buttons to be clicked. Parameters: gboolean setting* Required (not null) TRUE if the columns are clickable. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_headers_visible (gboolean *headers_visible) : none Sets the visibility state of the headers. Sets the visibility state of the headers. Parameters: gboolean headers_visible* Required (not null) TRUE if the headers are visible Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_hexpand (gboolean *expand) : none Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal space. Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal space. When a user resizes a GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to expand. Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra room. By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A container can decide how the expandability of children affects the expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual method on GtkWidget.). Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the automatic expand behavior. This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand, regardless of children. The override occurs because gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state. Parameters: gboolean expand* Required (not null) whether to expand Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_hexpand_set (gboolean *set) : none Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will be used. Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will be used. The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand flag. If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not set, then the expand value depends on whether any children of the widget would like to expand. There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here for completeness and consistency. Parameters: gboolean set* Required (not null) value for hexpand-set property Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_hover_expand (gboolean *expand) : none Enables of disables the hover expansion mode of tree_view. Enables of disables the hover expansion mode of tree_view. Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer moves over them. Parameters: gboolean expand* Required (not null) TRUE to enable hover selection mode Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_hover_selection (gboolean *hover) : none Enables of disables the hover selection mode of tree_view. Enables of disables the hover selection mode of tree_view. Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer. Currently, this works only for the selection modes GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE* and GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE. Parameters: gboolean hover Required (not null) TRUE to enable hover selection mode Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_hscroll_policy (ScrollablePolicy *policy) : none Sets the GtkScrollablePolicy* to determine whether horizontal scrolling should start below the minimum width or below the natural width. Sets the GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether horizontal scrolling should start below the minimum width or below the natural width. Parameters: Gtk.ScrollablePolicy policy Required (not null) the horizontal GtkScrollablePolicy Returns: none	Gtk.Scrollable
	set_level_indentation (gint32 *indentation) : none Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in tree_view* in addition to the default indentation. Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in tree_view in addition to the default indentation. The value should be specified in pixels, a value of 0 disables this feature and in this case only the default indentation will be used. This does not have any visible effects for lists. Parameters: gint32 indentation Required (not null) the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation in tree_view. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_mapped (gboolean *mapped) : none Marks the widget as being realized. Marks the widget as being realized. This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's "map" or "unmap" implementation. Parameters: gboolean mapped* Required (not null) TRUE to mark the widget as mapped Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_margin_bottom (gint32 *margin) : none Sets the bottom margin of widget. Sets the bottom margin of widget. See the GtkWidget:margin-bottom property. Parameters: gint32 margin* Required (not null) the bottom margin Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_margin_left (gint32 *margin) : none Sets the left margin of widget. Sets the left margin of widget. See the GtkWidget:margin-left property. Parameters: gint32 margin* Required (not null) the left margin Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_margin_right (gint32 *margin) : none Sets the right margin of widget. Sets the right margin of widget. See the GtkWidget:margin-right property. Parameters: gint32 margin* Required (not null) the right margin Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_margin_top (gint32 *margin) : none Sets the top margin of widget. Sets the top margin of widget. See the GtkWidget:margin-top property. Parameters: gint32 margin* Required (not null) the top margin Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_model (TreeModel *model) : none Sets the model for a GtkTreeView. Sets the model for a GtkTreeView. If the tree_view* already has a model set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If model is NULL, then it will unset the old model. Parameters: Gtk.TreeModel model The model. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_name (String *name) : none Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a CSS file. Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the same page as the docs for GtkStyleContext). Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, ...), so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name. Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will suffice. Parameters: String name Required (not null) name for the widget Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_no_show_all (gboolean *no_show_all) : none Sets the GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget. Sets the GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget. This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally controlled visibility, see GtkUIManager. Parameters: gboolean no_show_all* Required (not null) the new value for the "no-show-all" property Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_parent (Widget *parent) : none This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of GtkContainer. This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of GtkContainer. Sets the container as the parent of widget, and takes care of some details such as updating the state and style of the child to reflect its new location. The opposite function is gtk_widget_unparent(). Parameters: Gtk.Widget parent* Required (not null) parent container Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_parent_window (Window *parent_window) : none Sets a non default parent window for widget. Sets a non default parent window for widget. For GtkWindow classes, setting a parent_window* effects whether the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other widgets. For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the window is realized. Parameters: Gdk.Window parent_window Required (not null) the new parent window. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_realized (gboolean *realized) : none Marks the widget as being realized. Marks the widget as being realized. This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's "realize" or "unrealize" implementation. Parameters: gboolean realized* Required (not null) TRUE to mark the widget as realized Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_reallocate_redraws (gboolean *needs_redraws) : none Sets the reallocate_redraws* flag of the container to the given value. Sets the reallocate_redraws flag of the container to the given value. Containers requesting reallocation redraws get automatically redrawn if any of their children changed allocation. Parameters: gboolean needs_redraws Required (not null) the new value for the container's reallocate_redraws flag Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	set_receives_default (gboolean *receives_default) : none Specifies whether widget* will be treated as the default widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget is the default. Specifies whether widget will be treated as the default widget within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget is the default. See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of "default". Parameters: gboolean receives_default Required (not null) whether or not widget can be a default widget. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_redraw_on_allocate (gboolean *redraw_on_allocate) : none Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size allocation changes. Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size allocation changes. By default, this setting is TRUE* and the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this setting off will improve performance. Note that for NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to FALSE turns its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a NO_WINDOW widget that does draw on widget->window, you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating regions newly when the widget increases size. Parameters: gboolean redraw_on_allocate Required (not null) if TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the new portion of the widget will be redrawn. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_reorderable (gboolean *reorderable) : none This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models that support the GtkDragSourceIface* and the GtkDragDestIface. This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder models that support the GtkDragSourceIface and the GtkDragDestIface. Both GtkTreeStore and GtkListStore support these. If reorderable is TRUE, then the user can reorder the model by dragging and dropping rows. The developer can listen to these changes by connecting to the model's row_inserted and row_deleted signals. The reordering is implemented by setting up the tree view as a drag source and destination. Therefore, drag and drop can not be used in a reorderable view for any other purpose. This function does not give you any degree of control over the order -- any reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should probably handle drag and drop manually. Parameters: gboolean reorderable Required (not null) TRUE, if the tree can be reordered. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_resize_mode (ResizeMode *resize_mode) : none Sets the resize mode for the container. Sets the resize mode for the container. The resize mode of a container determines whether a resize request will be passed to the container's parent, queued for later execution or executed immediately. Parameters: Gtk.ResizeMode resize_mode* Required (not null) the new resize mode Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	set_row_separator_func (Function *func, void *data, Function destroy) : none Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine whether a row should be drawn as a separator. Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator function is NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value. Parameters: Function (TreeModel model, TreeIter iter, void *data) : none a GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc* void* data user data to pass to func, or NULL Function (void* *data) : none destroy notifier for data, or NULL* Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_rubber_banding (gboolean *enable) : none Enables or disables rubber banding in tree_view. Enables or disables rubber banding in tree_view. If the selection mode is GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse. Parameters: gboolean enable* Required (not null) TRUE to enable rubber banding Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_rules_hint (gboolean *setting) : none This function tells GTK+ that the user interface for your application requires users to read across tree rows and associate cells with one another. This function tells GTK+ that the user interface for your application requires users to read across tree rows and associate cells with one another. By default, GTK+ will then render the tree with alternating row colors. Do not use it just because you prefer the appearance of the ruled tree; that's a question for the theme. Some themes will draw tree rows in alternating colors even when rules are turned off, and users who prefer that appearance all the time can choose those themes. You should call this function only as a semantic hint to the theme engine that your tree makes alternating colors useful from a functional standpoint (since it has lots of columns, generally). Parameters: gboolean setting* Required (not null) TRUE if the tree requires reading across rows Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_search_column (gint32 *column) : none Sets column* as the column where the interactive search code should search in for the current model. Sets column as the column where the interactive search code should search in for the current model. If the search column is set, users can use the "start-interactive-search" key binding to bring up search popup. The enable-search property controls whether simply typing text will also start an interactive search. Note that column refers to a column of the current model. The search column is reset to -1 when the model is changed. Parameters: gint32 column Required (not null) the column of the model to search in, or -1 to disable searching Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_search_entry (Entry *entry) : none Sets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this in our interface at all time at a fixed position. Sets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this in our interface at all time at a fixed position. Passing NULL* for entry again. Parameters: Gtk.Entry entry the entry the interactive search code of tree_view should use or NULL Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_search_equal_func (Function *search_equal_func, void *search_user_data, Function search_destroy) : none Sets the compare function for the interactive search capabilities; note that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc* returns FALSE on matches. Sets the compare function for the interactive search capabilities; note that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc returns FALSE on matches. Parameters: Function (TreeModel *model, gint32 column, String key, TreeIter iter, void *search_data) : none Required (not null) the compare function to use during the search void search_user_data user data to pass to search_equal_func, or NULL Function (void* *data) : none Destroy notifier for search_user_data, or NULL* Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_search_position_func (Function *func, void *data, Function destroy) : none Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog. Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog. Parameters: Function (TreeView tree_view, Widget search_dialog, void *user_data) : none the function to use to position the search dialog, or NULL* to use the default search position function void* data user data to pass to func, or NULL Function (void* *data) : none Destroy notifier for data, or NULL* Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_sensitive (gboolean *sensitive) : none Sets the sensitivity of a widget. Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits. Parameters: gboolean sensitive* Required (not null) TRUE to make the widget sensitive Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_show_expanders (gboolean *enabled) : none Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in and there will be no way to expand and collapse rows by default. Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in and there will be no way to expand and collapse rows by default. Also note that hiding the expanders will disable the default indentation. You can set a custom indentation in this case using gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation(). This does not have any visible effects for lists. Parameters: gboolean enabled* Required (not null) TRUE to enable expander drawing, FALSE otherwise. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_size_request (gint32 *width, gint32 height) : none Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size request will be width* by height. Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size request will be width by height. You can use this function to force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally would be. In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size request. When dealing with window sizes, gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well. Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes, translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be correct. The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly. However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more space than it requested. If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead. Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible." The size request set here does not include any margin from the GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding or border properties set by any subclass of GtkWidget. Parameters: gint32 width Required (not null) width widget should request, or -1 to unset gint32 height Required (not null) height widget should request, or -1 to unset Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_state (StateType *state) : none This function is for use in widget implementations. This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive(). Parameters: Gtk.StateType state* Required (not null) new state for widget Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_state_flags (StateFlags *flags, gboolean clear) : none This function is for use in widget implementations. This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.). It is worth mentioning that any other state than GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE, will be propagated down to all non-internal children if widget* is a GtkContainer, while GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated down to all GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these. Parameters: Gtk.StateFlags flags Required (not null) State flags to turn on gboolean clear Required (not null) Whether to clear state before turning on flags Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_style (Style *style) : none Used to set the GtkStyle* for a widget (widget->style). Used to set the GtkStyle for a widget (widget->style). Since GTK 3, this function does nothing, the passed in style is ignored. Parameters: Gtk.Style style a GtkStyle, or NULL to remove the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_support_multidevice (gboolean *support_multidevice) : none Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is TRUE, that if custom GdkWindows are created in GtkWidget::realize, gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them. Parameters: gboolean support_multidevice* Required (not null) TRUE to support input from multiple devices. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_tooltip_cell (Tooltip *tooltip, TreePath path, TreeViewColumn column, CellRenderer cell) : none Sets the tip area of tooltip* to the area path, column and cell have in common. Sets the tip area of tooltip to the area path, column and cell have in common. For example if path is NULL and column is set, the tip area will be set to the full area covered by column. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area(). Note that if path is not specified and cell is set and part of a column containing the expander, the tooltip might not show and hide at the correct position. In such cases path must be set to the current node under the mouse cursor for this function to operate correctly. See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. Parameters: Gtk.Tooltip tooltip Required (not null) a GtkTooltip Gtk.TreePath path a GtkTreePath or NULL Gtk.TreeViewColumn column a GtkTreeViewColumn or NULL Gtk.CellRenderer cell a GtkCellRenderer or NULL Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_tooltip_column (gint32 *column) : none If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you can use this function to have GtkTreeView* handle these automatically for you. If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you can use this function to have GtkTreeView handle these automatically for you. column should be set to the column in tree_view's model containing the tooltip texts, or -1 to disable this feature. When enabled, GtkWidget::has-tooltip will be set to TRUE and Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(), so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text. Parameters: gint32 column Required (not null) an integer, which is a valid column number for tree_view's model Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_tooltip_markup (String *markup) : none Sets markup* as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with the Pango text markup language. Sets markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with the Pango text markup language. This function will take care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to TRUE and of the default handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal. See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and gtk_tooltip_set_markup(). Parameters: String markup the contents of the tooltip for widget, or NULL Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_tooltip_row (Tooltip *tooltip, TreePath path) : none Sets the tip area of tooltip* to be the area covered by the row at path. Sets the tip area of tooltip to be the area covered by the row at path. See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative. See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area(). Parameters: Gtk.Tooltip tooltip Required (not null) a GtkTooltip Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null) a GtkTreePath Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_tooltip_text (String *text) : none Sets text* as the contents of the tooltip. Sets text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to TRUE and of the default handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal. See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text(). Parameters: String text Required (not null) the contents of the tooltip for widget Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_tooltip_window (Window *custom_window) : none Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying tooltips with custom_window. Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying tooltips with custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and hiding custom_window* at the right moment, to behave likewise as the default tooltip window. If custom_window is NULL, the default tooltip window will be used. If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name(). Parameters: Gtk.Window custom_window a GtkWindow, or NULL Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_vadjustment (Adjustment *adjustment) : none Sets the GtkAdjustment* for the current vertical aspect. Sets the GtkAdjustment for the current vertical aspect. Parameters: Gtk.Adjustment adjustment The GtkAdjustment to set, or NULL Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	set_valign (Align *align) : none Sets the vertical alignment of widget. Sets the vertical alignment of widget. See the GtkWidget:valign property. Parameters: Gtk.Align align* Required (not null) the vertical alignment Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_vexpand (gboolean *expand) : none Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space. Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical space. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail. Parameters: gboolean expand* Required (not null) whether to expand Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_vexpand_set (gboolean *set) : none Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will be used. Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will be used. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail. Parameters: gboolean set* Required (not null) value for vexpand-set property Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_visible (gboolean *visible) : none Sets the visibility state of widget. Sets the visibility state of widget. Note that setting this to TRUE* doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see gtk_widget_get_visible(). This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide() but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on some condition. Parameters: gboolean visible Required (not null) whether the widget should be shown or not Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_visual (Visual *visual) : none Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for creating GdkWindows. Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for creating GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same GdkScreen* as returned by gdk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary. Setting a new visual will not cause widget to recreate its windows, so you should call this function before widget is realized. Parameters: Gdk.Visual visual Required (not null) visual to be used or NULL to unset a previous one Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	set_vscroll_policy (ScrollablePolicy *policy) : none Sets the GtkScrollablePolicy* to determine whether vertical scrolling should start below the minimum height or below the natural height. Sets the GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether vertical scrolling should start below the minimum height or below the natural height. Parameters: Gtk.ScrollablePolicy policy Required (not null) the vertical GtkScrollablePolicy Returns: none	Gtk.Scrollable
	set_window (Window *window) : none Sets a widget's window. Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a widget's GtkWidget::realize implementation. The window* passed is usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the window of its parent widget as returned by gtk_widget_get_parent_window(). Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own GdkWindow by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the widget's init() function. This function does not add any reference to window. Parameters: Gdk.Window window Required (not null) a GdkWindow Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	shape_combine_region (Region *region) : none Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region() for more information. Parameters: cairo.Region region* shape to be added, or NULL to remove an existing shape Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	show () : none Flags a widget to be displayed. Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the container, instead of individually showing the widgets. Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget, in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen. When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their toplevel container is realized and mapped. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	show_all () : none Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is a container). Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is a container). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	show_now () : none Shows a widget. Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget (i.e. a GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful; because the main loop is running, anything can happen during this function. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	size_allocate (RectangleInt *allocation) : none This function is only used by GtkContainer* subclasses, to assign a size and position to their child widgets. This function is only used by GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size and position to their child widgets. In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the widget's GtkWidget:halign and GtkWidget:valign properties. Parameters: cairo.RectangleInt allocation Required (not null) position and size to be allocated to widget Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	size_request () : Gtk.Requisition This function is typically used when implementing a GtkContainer subclass. This function is typically used when implementing a GtkContainer subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate(). You can also call this function from an application, with some caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget to be associated with a screen, because font information may be needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind. Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size a widget will actually be allocated. Returns: Gtk.Requisition	Gtk.Widget
	style_attach () : none This function attaches the widget's GtkStyle to the widget's GdkWindow. This function attaches the widget's GtkStyle to the widget's GdkWindow. It is a replacement for widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window); and should only ever be called in a derived widget's "realize" implementation which does not chain up to its parent class' "realize" implementation, because one of the parent classes (finally GtkWidget) would attach the style itself. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	style_get_property (String *property_name, Value value) : none Gets the value of a style property of widget. Gets the value of a style property of widget. Parameters: String property_name* Required (not null) the name of a style property GObject.Value value Required (not null) location to return the property value Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	thaw_child_notify () : none Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify(). Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify(). This causes all queued GtkWidget::child-notify signals on widget to be emitted. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	translate_coordinates (Widget *dest_widget, gint32 src_x, gint32 src_y, Object out_values) : gboolean Translate coordinates relative to src_widget's allocation to coordinates relative to dest_widget's allocations. Translate coordinates relative to src_widget's allocation to coordinates relative to dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common toplevel. was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in dest_x and *dest_y. Otherwise TRUE. Parameters: Gtk.Widget dest_widget Required (not null) a GtkWidget gint32 src_x Required (not null) X position relative to src_widget gint32 src_y Required (not null) Y position relative to src_widget Object out_values gint32 dest_x gint32 dest_y Returns: gboolean FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there	Gtk.Widget
	trigger_tooltip_query () : none Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of widget is located. Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of widget is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more information. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	unmap () : none This function is only for use in widget implementations. This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	unparent () : none This function is only for use in widget implementations. This function is only for use in widget implementations. Should be called by implementations of the remove method on GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container. Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	unrealize () : none This function is only useful in widget implementations. This function is only useful in widget implementations. Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources associated with the widget, such as widget->window). Returns: none	Gtk.Widget
	unset_focus_chain () : none Removes a focus chain explicitly set with gtk_container_set_focus_chain(). Removes a focus chain explicitly set with gtk_container_set_focus_chain(). Returns: none	Gtk.Container
	unset_rows_drag_dest () : none Undoes the effect of gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Undoes the effect of gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this method sets GtkTreeView:reorderable to FALSE. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	unset_rows_drag_source () : none Undoes the effect of gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Undoes the effect of gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets GtkTreeView:reorderable to FALSE. Returns: none	Gtk.TreeView
	unset_state_flags (StateFlags *flags) : none This function is for use in widget implementations. This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.). See gtk_widget_set_state_flags(). Parameters: Gtk.StateFlags flags* Required (not null) State flags to turn off Returns: none	Gtk.Widget

Methods / Constructors

Method / Constructor

Defined By

new Gtk.TreeView (Object properties)

Create a new Gtk.TreeView

Parameters:
Object properties

new Gtk.TreeView.with_model (TreeModel model) : Gtk.Widget

Create a new Gtk.TreeView

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeModel model Required (not null): the model.

Returns:: Gtk.Widget A newly created GtkTreeView widget.

activate () : gboolean

For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.

For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If widget isn't
activatable, the function returns FALSE.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget was activatable

Gtk.Widget

add (Widget widget) : none

Adds widget to container.

Adds widget to container. Typically used for simple containers
such as GtkWindow, GtkFrame, or GtkButton; for more complicated
layout containers such as GtkBox or GtkTable, this function will
pick default packing parameters that may not be correct. So
consider functions such as gtk_box_pack_start() and
gtk_table_attach() as an alternative to gtk_container_add() in
those cases. A widget may be added to only one container at a time;
you can't place the same widget inside two different containers.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget widget Required (not null): a widget to be placed inside container

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

add_accelerator (String accel_signal, AccelGroup accel_group, guint32 accel_key, ModifierType accel_mods, AccelFlags accel_flags) : none

Installs an accelerator for this widget in accel_group that causes
The accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type G_RUN_ACTION.
Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.

Parameters:
String accel_signal Required (not null): widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
Gtk.AccelGroup accel_group Required (not null): accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
guint32 accel_key Required (not null): GDK keyval of the accelerator
Gdk.ModifierType accel_mods Required (not null): modifier key combination of the accelerator
Gtk.AccelFlags accel_flags Required (not null): flag accelerators, e.g. GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

add_child (Builder builder, Object child, String type) : none

Adds a child to buildable.

Adds a child to buildable. type is an optional string
describing how the child should be added.

Parameters:
Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null): a GtkBuilder
GObject.Object child Required (not null): child to add
String type: kind of child or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.Buildable

add_device_events (Device device, EventMask events) : none

Adds the device events in the bitfield events to the event mask for

Parameters:
Gdk.Device device Required (not null): a GdkDevice
Gdk.EventMask events Required (not null): an event mask, see GdkEventMask

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

add_events (gint32 events) : none

Adds the events in the bitfield events to the event mask for

Parameters:
gint32 events Required (not null): an event mask, see GdkEventMask

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

add_mnemonic_label (Widget label) : none

Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
this widget.

Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
to the GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget label Required (not null): a GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

append_column (TreeViewColumn column) : gint32

Appends column to the list of columns.

Appends column to the list of columns. If tree_view has "fixed_height"
mode enabled, then column must have its "sizing" property set to be
GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null): The GtkTreeViewColumn to add.

Returns:: gint32 The number of columns in tree_view after appending.

Gtk.TreeView

can_activate_accel (guint32 signal_id) : gboolean

Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
identified by signal_id can currently be activated.

Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
identified by signal_id can currently be activated.
This is done by emitting the GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
signal on widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
its ancestors mapped.

Parameters:
guint32 signal_id Required (not null): the ID of a signal installed on widget

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.

Gtk.Widget

check_resize () : none

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

child_focus (DirectionType direction) : gboolean

This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
functions instead.
gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
around the window using keyboard shortcuts. direction indicates
what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
The default ::focus handler for a widget should return TRUE if
moving in direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
that widget, and FALSE if moving in direction moved the focus
outside the widget. If returning TRUE, widgets normally
call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
if returning FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.

Parameters:
Gtk.DirectionType direction Required (not null): direction of focus movement

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if focus ended up inside widget

Gtk.Widget

child_get_property (Widget child, String property_name, Value value) : none

Gets the value of a child property for child and container.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget child Required (not null): a widget which is a child of container
String property_name Required (not null): the name of the property to get
GObject.Value value Required (not null): a location to return the value

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

child_notify (String child_property) : none

Emits a GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
child property child_property
on widget.

Emits a GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
child property child_property
on widget.
This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.

Parameters:
String child_property Required (not null): the name of a child property installed on the class of widget's parent

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

child_set_property (Widget child, String property_name, Value value) : none

Sets a child property for child and container.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget child Required (not null): a widget which is a child of container
String property_name Required (not null): the name of the property to set
GObject.Value value Required (not null): the value to set the property to

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

child_type () : Number

Returns the type of the children supported by the container.

Returns the type of the children supported by the container.
Note that this may return G_TYPE_NONE to indicate that no more
children can be added, e.g. for a GtkPaned which already has two
children.

Returns:: Number a GType.

Gtk.Container

class_path () : Object

Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().

Returns:: path_length: guint32; path: String; path_reversed: String

Gtk.Widget

collapse_all () : none

Recursively collapses all visible, expanded nodes in tree_view.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

collapse_row (TreePath path) : gboolean

Collapses a row (hides its child rows, if they exist).

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null): path to a row in the tree_view

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the row was collapsed.

Gtk.TreeView

columns_autosize () : none

Resizes all columns to their optimal width.

Resizes all columns to their optimal width. Only works after the
treeview has been realized.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

compute_expand (Orientation orientation) : gboolean

Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
when possible.

Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
widgets are not expanded.
The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
the widget may expand if some of its children do.

Parameters:
Gtk.Orientation orientation Required (not null): expand direction

Returns:: gboolean whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded

Gtk.Widget

construct_child (Builder builder, String name) : GObject.Object

Constructs a child of buildable with the name name.

Constructs a child of buildable with the name name.
GtkBuilder calls this function if a "constructor" has been
specified in the UI definition.

Parameters:
Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null): GtkBuilder used to construct this object
String name Required (not null): name of child to construct

Returns:: GObject.Object the constructed child

Gtk.Buildable

convert_bin_window_to_tree_coords (gint32 bx, gint32 by) : Object

Converts bin_window coordinates to coordinates for the
tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).

Parameters:
gint32 bx Required (not null): X coordinate relative to bin_window
gint32 by Required (not null): Y coordinate relative to bin_window

Returns:: tx: gint32; ty: gint32

Gtk.TreeView

convert_bin_window_to_widget_coords (gint32 bx, gint32 by) : Object

Converts bin_window coordinates (see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window())
to widget relative coordinates.

Parameters:
gint32 bx Required (not null): bin_window X coordinate
gint32 by Required (not null): bin_window Y coordinate

Returns:: wx: gint32; wy: gint32

Gtk.TreeView

convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords (gint32 tx, gint32 ty) : Object

Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree)
to bin_window coordinates.

Parameters:
gint32 tx Required (not null): tree X coordinate
gint32 ty Required (not null): tree Y coordinate

Returns:: bx: gint32; by: gint32

Gtk.TreeView

convert_tree_to_widget_coords (gint32 tx, gint32 ty) : Object

Converts tree coordinates (coordinates in full scrollable area of the tree)
to widget coordinates.

Parameters:
gint32 tx Required (not null): X coordinate relative to the tree
gint32 ty Required (not null): Y coordinate relative to the tree

Returns:: wx: gint32; wy: gint32

Gtk.TreeView

convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords (gint32 wx, gint32 wy) : Object

Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the bin_window
(see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()).

Parameters:
gint32 wx Required (not null): X coordinate relative to the widget
gint32 wy Required (not null): Y coordinate relative to the widget

Returns:: bx: gint32; by: gint32

Gtk.TreeView

convert_widget_to_tree_coords (gint32 wx, gint32 wy) : Object

Converts widget coordinates to coordinates for the
tree (the full scrollable area of the tree).

Parameters:
gint32 wx Required (not null): X coordinate relative to the widget
gint32 wy Required (not null): Y coordinate relative to the widget

Returns:: tx: gint32; ty: gint32

Gtk.TreeView

create_pango_context () : Pango.Context

Creates a new PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
font description, and base direction for drawing text for
this widget.

Creates a new PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
font description, and base direction for drawing text for
this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().

Returns:: Pango.Context the new PangoContext

Gtk.Widget

create_pango_layout (String text) : Pango.Layout

Creates a new PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
font description, and base direction for drawing text for
this widget.

Creates a new PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
font description, and base direction for drawing text for
this widget.
If you keep a PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
the GtkWidget::style-updated and GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
for the widget.

Parameters:
String text Required (not null): text to set on the layout (can be NULL)

Returns:: Pango.Layout the new PangoLayout

Gtk.Widget

create_row_drag_icon (TreePath path) : cairo.Surface

Creates a cairo_surface_t representation of the row at path.

Creates a cairo_surface_t representation of the row at path.
This image is used for a drag icon.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null): a GtkTreePath in tree_view

Returns:: cairo.Surface a newly-allocated surface of the drag icon.

Gtk.TreeView

custom_finished (Builder builder, Object child, String tagname, void* data) : none

This is similar to gtk_buildable_parser_finished() but is
called once for each custom tag handled by the buildable.

Parameters:
Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null): a GtkBuilder
GObject.Object child: child object or NULL for non-child tags
String tagname Required (not null): the name of the tag
void* data Required (not null): user data created in custom_tag_start

Returns:: none

Gtk.Buildable

custom_tag_end (Builder builder, Object child, String tagname, void* data) : none

This is called at the end of each custom element handled by
the buildable.

Parameters:
Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null): GtkBuilder used to construct this object
GObject.Object child: child object or NULL for non-child tags
String tagname Required (not null): name of tag
void* data Required (not null): user data that will be passed in to parser functions

Returns:: none

Gtk.Buildable

custom_tag_start (Builder builder, Object child, String tagname, Object out_values) : gboolean

This is called for each unknown element under <child>.

This is called for each unknown element under <child>.
if it doesn't.

Parameters:

Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null)

a GtkBuilder used to construct this object

GObject.Object child

child object or NULL for non-child tags

String tagname Required (not null)

name of tag

Object out_values

GLib.MarkupParser parser
void* data

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if a object has a custom implementation, FALSE

Gtk.Buildable

destroy () : none

Destroys a widget.

Destroys a widget.
When a widget is
destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
to the widget with g_object_ref().
In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
be destroyed as well.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

destroyed (Widget widget_pointer) : none

This function sets *widget_pointer to NULL if widget_pointer !=
NULL.

This function sets *widget_pointer to NULL if widget_pointer !=
NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
"destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
be set to NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
of the same dialog.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget widget_pointer Required (not null): address of a variable that contains widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

device_is_shadowed (Device device) : gboolean

Returns TRUE if device has been shadowed by a GTK+
device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
events to widget.

Returns TRUE if device has been shadowed by a GTK+
device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
events to widget. This may be used in the
GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
by another GtkWidget than widget.

Parameters:
Gdk.Device device Required (not null): a GdkDevice

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on device

Gtk.Widget

drag_begin (TargetList targets, DragAction actions, gint32 button, Event event) : Gdk.DragContext

Initiates a drag on the source side.

Initiates a drag on the source side. The function
only needs to be used when the application is
starting drags itself, and is not needed when
gtk_drag_source_set() is used.
The event is used to retrieve the timestamp that will be used internally to
grab the pointer. If event is NULL, then GDK_CURRENT_TIME will be used.
However, you should try to pass a real event in all cases, since that can be
used by GTK+ to get information about the start position of the drag, for
example if the event is a GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY.
Generally there are three cases when you want to start a drag by hand by
calling this function:
1. During a button-press-event handler, if you want to start a drag
immediately when the user presses the mouse button. Pass the event
that you have in your button-press-event handler.
2. During a motion-notify-event handler, if you want to start a drag
when the mouse moves past a certain threshold distance after a button-press.
Pass the event that you have in your motion-notify-event handler.
3. During a timeout handler, if you want to start a drag after the mouse
button is held down for some time. Try to save the last event that you got
from the mouse, using gdk_event_copy(), and pass it to this function
(remember to free the event with gdk_event_free() when you are done).
If you can really not pass a real event, pass NULL instead.

Parameters:
Gtk.TargetList targets Required (not null): The targets (data formats) in which the source can provide the data.
Gdk.DragAction actions Required (not null): A bitmask of the allowed drag actions for this drag.
gint32 button Required (not null): The button the user clicked to start the drag.
Gdk.Event event Required (not null): The event that triggered the start of the drag.

Returns:: Gdk.DragContext the context for this drag.

Gtk.Widget

drag_check_threshold (gint32 start_x, gint32 start_y, gint32 current_x, gint32 current_y) : gboolean

Checks to see if a mouse drag starting at (start_x, start_y) and ending
at (current_x, current_y) has passed the GTK+ drag threshold, and thus
should trigger the beginning of a drag-and-drop operation.

Parameters:
gint32 start_x Required (not null): X coordinate of start of drag
gint32 start_y Required (not null): Y coordinate of start of drag
gint32 current_x Required (not null): current X coordinate
gint32 current_y Required (not null): current Y coordinate

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the drag threshold has been passed.

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_add_image_targets () : none

Add the image targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag destination.

Add the image targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag destination. The targets
are added with info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and
gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_add_text_targets () : none

Add the text targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag destination.

Add the text targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag destination. The targets
are added with info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_target_list_add_text_targets() and
gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_add_uri_targets () : none

Add the URI targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag destination.

Add the URI targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag destination. The targets
are added with info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_target_list_add_uri_targets() and
gtk_drag_dest_set_target_list().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_find_target (DragContext context, TargetList target_list) : Gdk.Atom

Looks for a match between the supported targets of context and the
returning GDK_NONE.

Looks for a match between the supported targets of context and the
returning GDK_NONE. dest_target_list should usually be the return
value from gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list(), but some widgets may
have different valid targets for different parts of the widget; in
that case, they will have to implement a drag_motion handler that
passes the correct target list to this function.
and the dest can accept, or GDK_NONE

Parameters:
Gdk.DragContext context Required (not null): drag context
Gtk.TargetList target_list: list of droppable targets, or NULL to use gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list (widget).

Returns:: Gdk.Atom first target that the source offers

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_get_target_list () : Gtk.TargetList

Returns the list of targets this widget can accept from
drag-and-drop.

Returns:: Gtk.TargetList the GtkTargetList, or NULL if none

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_get_track_motion () : gboolean

Returns whether the widget has been configured to always
emit ::drag-motion signals.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget always emits ::drag-motion events

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_set (DestDefaults flags, Array targets, gint32 n_targets, DragAction actions) : none

Sets a widget as a potential drop destination, and adds default behaviors.

Sets a widget as a potential drop destination, and adds default behaviors.
The default behaviors listed in flags have an effect similar
to installing default handlers for the widget's drag-and-drop signals
(GtkWidget:drag-motion, GtkWidget:drag-drop, ...). They all exist
for convenience. When passing GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL for instance it is
sufficient to connect to the widget's GtkWidget::drag-data-received
signal to get primitive, but consistent drag-and-drop support.
Things become more complicated when you try to preview the dragged data,
as described in the documentation for GtkWidget:drag-motion. The default
behaviors described by flags make some assumptions, that can conflict
with your own signal handlers. For instance GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP causes
invokations of gdk_drag_status() in the context of GtkWidget:drag-motion,
and invokations of gtk_drag_finish() in GtkWidget:drag-data-received.
Especially the later is dramatic, when your own GtkWidget:drag-motion
handler calls gtk_drag_get_data() to inspect the dragged data.
There's no way to set a default action here, you can use the
GtkWidget:drag-motion callback for that. Here's an example which selects
the action to use depending on whether the control key is pressed or not:
|[
static void
drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDragContext *context,
gint x,
gint y,
guint time)
{
GdkModifierType mask;
gdk_window_get_pointer (gtk_widget_get_window (widget),
NULL, NULL, &mask);
if (mask & GDK_CONTROL_MASK)
gdk_drag_status (context, GDK_ACTION_COPY, time);
else
gdk_drag_status (context, GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time);
}
]|

Parameters:
Gtk.DestDefaults flags Required (not null): which types of default drag behavior to use
Array targets: a pointer to an array of GtkTargetEntrys indicating the drop types that this widget will accept, or NULL. Later you can access the list with gtk_drag_dest_get_target_list() and gtk_drag_dest_find_target().
gint32 n_targets Required (not null): the number of entries in targets
Gdk.DragAction actions Required (not null): a bitmask of possible actions for a drop onto this widget.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_set_proxy (Window proxy_window, DragProtocol protocol, gboolean use_coordinates) : none

Set up this widget to proxy drags elsewhere.

Parameters:
Gdk.Window proxy_window Required (not null): window to which forward drag events
Gdk.DragProtocol protocol Required (not null): Drag protocol which the dest widget accepts
gboolean use_coordinates Required (not null): If true, send the same coordinates to the destination, because it is a embedded subwindow.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_set_target_list (TargetList target_list) : none

Sets the target types that this widget can accept from drag-and-drop.

Sets the target types that this widget can accept from drag-and-drop.
The widget must first be made into a drag destination with
gtk_drag_dest_set().

Parameters:
Gtk.TargetList target_list: list of droppable targets, or NULL for none

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_set_track_motion (gboolean track_motion) : none

Tells the widget to emit ::drag-motion and ::drag-leave
events regardless of the targets and the GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION
flag.

Tells the widget to emit ::drag-motion and ::drag-leave
events regardless of the targets and the GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION
flag.
This may be used when a widget wants to do generic
actions regardless of the targets that the source offers.

Parameters:
gboolean track_motion Required (not null): whether to accept all targets

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_dest_unset () : none

Unregister this widget as a drag target.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_get_data (DragContext context, Atom target, guint32 time_) : none

Get the data for a drag or drop

Parameters:
Gdk.DragContext context Required (not null): drag context
Gdk.Atom target Required (not null): format to retrieve the data in.
guint32 time_ Required (not null): timestamp of triggering event.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_highlight () : none

Highlight the given widget in the default manner.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_source_add_image_targets () : none

Add the writable image targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag source.

Add the writable image targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag source. The targets
are added with info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_target_list_add_image_targets() and
gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_source_add_text_targets () : none

Add the text targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag source.

Add the text targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag source. The targets
are added with info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_target_list_add_text_targets() and
gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_source_add_uri_targets () : none

Add the URI targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag source.

Add the URI targets supported by GtkSelection to
the target list of the drag source. The targets
are added with info = 0. If you need another value,
use gtk_target_list_add_uri_targets() and
gtk_drag_source_set_target_list().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_source_get_target_list () : Gtk.TargetList

Gets the list of targets this widget can provide for
drag-and-drop.

Returns:: Gtk.TargetList the GtkTargetList, or NULL if none

Gtk.Widget

drag_source_set (ModifierType start_button_mask, Array targets, gint32 n_targets, DragAction actions) : none

Sets up a widget so that GTK+ will start a drag operation when the user
clicks and drags on the widget.

Sets up a widget so that GTK+ will start a drag operation when the user
clicks and drags on the widget. The widget must have a window.

Parameters:
Gdk.ModifierType start_button_mask Required (not null): the bitmask of buttons that can start the drag
Array targets: the table of targets that the drag will support, may be NULL
gint32 n_targets Required (not null): the number of items in targets
Gdk.DragAction actions Required (not null): the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_source_set_icon_name (String icon_name) : none

Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source
to a themed icon.

Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source
to a themed icon. See the docs for GtkIconTheme for more details.

Parameters:
String icon_name Required (not null): name of icon to use

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_source_set_icon_pixbuf (Pixbuf pixbuf) : none

Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget
from a GdkPixbuf.

Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular widget
from a GdkPixbuf. GTK+ retains a reference for pixbuf and will
release it when it is no longer needed.

Parameters:
GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf pixbuf Required (not null): the GdkPixbuf for the drag icon

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_source_set_icon_stock (String stock_id) : none

Sets the icon that will be used for drags from a particular source
to a stock icon.

Parameters:
String stock_id Required (not null): the ID of the stock icon to use

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_source_set_target_list (TargetList target_list) : none

Changes the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop.

Changes the target types that this widget offers for drag-and-drop.
The widget must first be made into a drag source with
gtk_drag_source_set().

Parameters:
Gtk.TargetList target_list: list of draggable targets, or NULL for none

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_source_unset () : none

Unregister this widget as a drag source.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

drag_unhighlight () : none

Refresh the given widget to remove the highlight.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

draw (Context cr) : none

Draws widget to cr.

Draws widget to cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
drawn to the currently set origin point of cr.
You should pass a cairo context as cr argument that is in an
original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
effects.
You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with
cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
Special purpose widgets may contain special code for
rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().

Parameters:
cairo.Context cr Required (not null): a cairo context to draw to

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

enable_model_drag_dest (Array targets, gint32 n_targets, DragAction actions) : none

Turns tree_view into a drop destination for automatic DND.

Turns tree_view into a drop destination for automatic DND. Calling
this method sets GtkTreeView:reorderable to FALSE.

Parameters:
Array targets Required (not null): the table of targets that the drag will support
gint32 n_targets Required (not null): the number of items in targets
Gdk.DragAction actions Required (not null): the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

enable_model_drag_source (ModifierType start_button_mask, Array targets, gint32 n_targets, DragAction actions) : none

Turns tree_view into a drag source for automatic DND.

Turns tree_view into a drag source for automatic DND. Calling this
method sets GtkTreeView:reorderable to FALSE.

Parameters:
Gdk.ModifierType start_button_mask Required (not null): Mask of allowed buttons to start drag
Array targets Required (not null): the table of targets that the drag will support
gint32 n_targets Required (not null): the number of items in targets
Gdk.DragAction actions Required (not null): the bitmask of possible actions for a drag from this widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

ensure_style () : none

Ensures that widget has a style (widget->style).

Ensures that widget has a style (widget->style).
Not a very useful function; most of the time, if you
want the style, the widget is realized, and realized
widgets are guaranteed to have a style already.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

error_bell () : none

Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.

Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
If the GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is TRUE, it calls
gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
or window manager that is used.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

event (Event event) : gboolean

Rarely-used function.

Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
be emitted without using this function to do so).
If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
window.
the event was handled)

Parameters:
Gdk.Event event Required (not null): a GdkEvent

Returns:: gboolean return from the event signal emission (TRUE if

Gtk.Widget

expand_all () : none

Recursively expands all nodes in the tree_view.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

expand_row (TreePath path, gboolean open_all) : gboolean

Opens the row so its children are visible.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null): path to a row
gboolean open_all Required (not null): whether to recursively expand, or just expand immediate children

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the row existed and had children

Gtk.TreeView

expand_to_path (TreePath path) : none

Expands the row at path.

Expands the row at path. This will also expand all parent rows of

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null): path to a row.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

forall (Function callback, void* callback_data) : none

Invokes callback on each child of container, including children
that are considered "internal" (implementation details of the
container).

Invokes callback on each child of container, including children
that are considered "internal" (implementation details of the
container). "Internal" children generally weren't added by the user
of the container, but were added by the container implementation
itself. Most applications should use gtk_container_foreach(),
rather than gtk_container_forall().

Parameters:
Function (Widget widget, void* data) : none Required (not null): a callback
void* callback_data Required (not null): callback user data

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

foreach (Function callback, void* callback_data) : none

Invokes callback on each non-internal child of container.

Invokes callback on each non-internal child of container. See
gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an
"internal" child. Most applications should use
gtk_container_foreach(), rather than gtk_container_forall().

Parameters:
Function (Widget widget, void* data) : none Required (not null): a callback
void* callback_data Required (not null): callback user data

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

freeze_child_notify () : none

Stops emission of GtkWidget::child-notify signals on widget.

Stops emission of GtkWidget::child-notify signals on widget. The
signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
on widget.
This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

get_accessible () : Atk.Object

Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
assistive technology.

Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
assistive technology.
If no accessibility library is loaded (i.e. no ATK implementation library is
loaded via GTK_MODULES or via another application library,
such as libgnome), then this AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise,
if no class-specific AtkObject implementation is available for the widget
instance in question, it will inherit an AtkObject implementation from the
first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined.
The documentation of the
ATK
library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.

Returns:: Atk.Object the AtkObject associated with widget

Gtk.Widget

get_allocated_height () : gint32

Returns the height that has currently been allocated to widget.

Returns the height that has currently been allocated to widget.
This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
for the GtkWidget::draw function.

Returns:: gint32 the height of the widget

Gtk.Widget

get_allocated_width () : gint32

Returns the width that has currently been allocated to widget.

Returns the width that has currently been allocated to widget.
This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
for the GtkWidget::draw function.

Returns:: gint32 the width of the widget

Gtk.Widget

get_allocation () : cairo.RectangleInt

Retrieves the widget's allocation.

Retrieves the widget's allocation.
be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent
container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
guaranteed to be completely contained within the
gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a GtkContainer
is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container
implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.

Returns:: cairo.RectangleInt

Gtk.Widget

get_ancestor (Number widget_type) : Gtk.Widget

Gets the first ancestor of widget with type widget_type.

Gets the first ancestor of widget with type widget_type. For example,
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX) gets
the first GtkBox that's an ancestor of widget. No reference will be
added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
about checking for a toplevel GtkWindow in the docs for
gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
considers widget to be an ancestor of itself.

Parameters:
Number widget_type Required (not null): ancestor type

Returns:: Gtk.Widget the ancestor widget, or NULL if not found

Gtk.Widget

get_app_paintable () : gboolean

Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
an GtkWidget::draw handler.

Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
an GtkWidget::draw handler.
See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget is app paintable

Gtk.Widget

get_background_area (TreePath path, TreeViewColumn column) : cairo.RectangleInt

Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
row specified by path and the column specified by column.

Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
row specified by path and the column specified by column. If path is
NULL, or points to a node not found in the tree, the y and height fields of
the rectangle will be filled with 0. If column is NULL, the x and width
fields will be filled with 0. The returned rectangle is equivalent to the
areas tile to cover the entire bin window. Contrast with the cell_area,
returned by gtk_tree_view_get_cell_area(), which returns only the cell
itself, excluding surrounding borders and the tree expander area.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path: a GtkTreePath for the row, or NULL to get only horizontal coordinates
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column: a GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or NULL to get only vertical coordiantes

Returns:: cairo.RectangleInt

Gtk.TreeView

get_bin_window () : Gdk.Window

Returns the window that tree_view renders to.

Returns the window that tree_view renders to.
This is used primarily to compare to event->window
to confirm that the event on tree_view is on the right window.
hasn't been realized yet

Returns:: Gdk.Window A GdkWindow, or NULL when tree_view

Gtk.TreeView

get_border_width () : guint32

Retrieves the border width of the container.

Retrieves the border width of the container. See
gtk_container_set_border_width().

Returns:: guint32 the current border width

Gtk.Container

get_can_default () : gboolean

Determines whether widget can be a default widget.

Determines whether widget can be a default widget. See
gtk_widget_set_can_default().

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if widget can be a default widget, FALSE otherwise

Gtk.Widget

get_can_focus () : gboolean

Determines whether widget can own the input focus.

Determines whether widget can own the input focus. See
gtk_widget_set_can_focus().

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if widget can own the input focus, FALSE otherwise

Gtk.Widget

get_cell_area (TreePath path, TreeViewColumn column) : cairo.RectangleInt

Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
row specified by path and the column specified by column.

Fills the bounding rectangle in bin_window coordinates for the cell at the
row specified by path and the column specified by column. If path is
NULL, or points to a path not currently displayed, the y and height fields
of the rectangle will be filled with 0. If column is NULL, the x and width
fields will be filled with 0. The sum of all cell rects does not cover the
entire tree; there are extra pixels in between rows, for example. The
returned rectangle is equivalent to the cell_area passed to
gtk_cell_renderer_render(). This function is only valid if tree_view is
realized.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path: a GtkTreePath for the row, or NULL to get only horizontal coordinates
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column: a GtkTreeViewColumn for the column, or NULL to get only vertical coordinates

Returns:: cairo.RectangleInt

Gtk.TreeView

get_child_requisition () : Gtk.Requisition

This function is only for use in widget implementations.

This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
requisition.
This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
it retrieves the last size request value from widget->requisition,
while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
on widget to compute the size request and fill in widget->requisition,
and only then returns widget->requisition.
Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
can only be used when you know that widget->requisition is
up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
implementations have this information; applications should use
gtk_widget_size_request().

Returns:: Gtk.Requisition

Gtk.Widget

get_child_visible () : gboolean

Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().

Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
needs reorganization.
This function is only useful for container implementations and
never should be called by an application.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.

Gtk.Widget

get_children () : Array

Returns the container's non-internal children.

Returns the container's non-internal children. See
gtk_container_forall() for details on what constitutes an "internal" child.

Returns:: Array a newly-allocated list of the container's non-internal children.

Gtk.Container

get_clipboard (Atom selection) : Gtk.Clipboard

Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
be used with widget.

Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
be used with widget. widget must have a GdkDisplay
associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
window.
clipboard already exists, a new one will
be created. Once a clipboard object has
been created, it is persistent for all time.

Parameters:
Gdk.Atom selection Required (not null): a GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard to use. GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the default clipboard. Another common value is GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives the primary X selection.

Returns:: Gtk.Clipboard the appropriate clipboard object. If no

Gtk.Widget

get_column (gint32 n) : Gtk.TreeViewColumn

Gets the GtkTreeViewColumn at the given position in the tree_view.

Gets the GtkTreeViewColumn at the given position in the tree_view.
position is outside the range of columns.

Parameters:
gint32 n Required (not null): The position of the column, counting from 0.

Returns:: Gtk.TreeViewColumn The GtkTreeViewColumn, or NULL if the

Gtk.TreeView

get_columns () : Array

Returns a GList of all the GtkTreeViewColumn s currently in tree_view.

Returns a GList of all the GtkTreeViewColumn s currently in tree_view.
The returned list must be freed with g_list_free ().

Returns:: Array A list of GtkTreeViewColumn s

Gtk.TreeView

get_composite_name () : String

Obtains the composite name of a widget.

Obtains the composite name of a widget.
a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
longer needed.

Returns:: String the composite name of widget, or NULL if widget is not

Gtk.Widget

get_cursor () : Object

Fills in path and focus_column with the current path and focus column.

Fills in path and focus_column with the current path and focus column. If
the cursor isn't currently set, then *path will be NULL. If no column
currently has focus, then *focus_column will be NULL.
The returned GtkTreePath must be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() when
you are done with it.

Returns:: path: Gtk.TreePath; focus_column: Gtk.TreeViewColumn

Gtk.TreeView

get_dest_row_at_pos (gint32 drag_x, gint32 drag_y, Object out_values) : gboolean

Determines the destination row for a given position.

Determines the destination row for a given position. drag_x and
meaningful if tree_view is realized. Therefore this function will always
return FALSE if tree_view is not realized or does not have a model.
is indeed the case.

Parameters:

gint32 drag_x Required (not null)

the position to determine the destination row for

gint32 drag_y Required (not null)

the position to determine the destination row for

Object out_values

Gtk.TreePath path
Gtk.TreeViewDropPosition pos

Returns:: gboolean whether there is a row at the given position, TRUE if this

Gtk.TreeView

get_device_enabled (Device device) : gboolean

Returns whether device can interact with widget and its
children.

Returns whether device can interact with widget and its
children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().

Parameters:
Gdk.Device device Required (not null): a GdkDevice

Returns:: gboolean TRUE is device is enabled for widget

Gtk.Widget

get_device_events (Device device) : Gdk.EventMask

Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device.

Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
are the events that the widget will receive when device operates on it.

Parameters:
Gdk.Device device Required (not null): a GdkDevice

Returns:: Gdk.EventMask device event mask for widget

Gtk.Widget

get_direction () : Gtk.TextDirection

Gets the reading direction for a particular widget.

Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
gtk_widget_set_direction().

Returns:: Gtk.TextDirection the reading direction for the widget.

Gtk.Widget

get_display () : Gdk.Display

Get the GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
this widget.

Get the GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
has been added to a widget hierarchy with a GtkWindow at the top.
In general, you should only create display specific
resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
free those resources when the widget is unrealized.

Returns:: Gdk.Display the GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.

Gtk.Widget

get_double_buffered () : gboolean

Determines whether the widget is double buffered.

Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget is double buffered

Gtk.Widget

get_drag_dest_row () : Object

Gets information about the row that is highlighted for feedback.

Returns:: path: Gtk.TreePath; pos: Gtk.TreeViewDropPosition

Gtk.TreeView

get_enable_search () : gboolean

Returns whether or not the tree allows to start interactive searching
by typing in text.

Returns:: gboolean whether or not to let the user search interactively

Gtk.TreeView

get_enable_tree_lines () : gboolean

Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in tree_view.

Returns whether or not tree lines are drawn in tree_view.
otherwise.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if tree lines are drawn in tree_view, FALSE

Gtk.TreeView

get_events () : gint32

Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
from the GdkEventMask enumeration).

Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
from the GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
will receive.

Returns:: gint32 event mask for widget

Gtk.Widget

get_expander_column () : Gtk.TreeViewColumn

Returns the column that is the current expander column.

Returns the column that is the current expander column.
This column has the expander arrow drawn next to it.

Returns:: Gtk.TreeViewColumn The expander column.

Gtk.TreeView

get_fixed_height_mode () : gboolean

Returns whether fixed height mode is turned on for tree_view.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if tree_view is in fixed height mode

Gtk.TreeView

get_focus_chain (Object out_values) : gboolean

Retrieves the focus chain of the container, if one has been
set explicitly.

Retrieves the focus chain of the container, if one has been
set explicitly. If no focus chain has been explicitly
set, GTK+ computes the focus chain based on the positions
of the children. In that case, GTK+ stores NULL in
has been set explicitly.

Parameters:

Object out_values

Array focusable_widgets

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the focus chain of the container

Gtk.Container

get_focus_child () : Gtk.Widget

Returns the current focus child widget inside container.

Returns the current focus child widget inside container. This is not the
currently focused widget. That can be obtained by calling
gtk_window_get_focus().
focus inside container when the conatiner is focussed,
or NULL if none is set.

Returns:: Gtk.Widget The child widget which will receive the

Gtk.Container

get_focus_hadjustment () : Gtk.Adjustment

Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container.

Retrieves the horizontal focus adjustment for the container. See
gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment ().
none has been set.

Returns:: Gtk.Adjustment the horizontal focus adjustment, or NULL if

Gtk.Container

get_focus_vadjustment () : Gtk.Adjustment

Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container.

Retrieves the vertical focus adjustment for the container. See
gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment().
none has been set.

Returns:: Gtk.Adjustment the vertical focus adjustment, or NULL if

Gtk.Container

get_grid_lines () : Gtk.TreeViewGridLines

Returns which grid lines are enabled in tree_view.

Returns which grid lines are enabled in tree_view.
are enabled.

Returns:: Gtk.TreeViewGridLines a GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines

Gtk.TreeView

get_hadjustment () : Gtk.Adjustment

Gets the GtkAdjustment currently being used for the horizontal aspect.

Gets the GtkAdjustment currently being used for the horizontal aspect.
if none is currently being used.

Returns:: Gtk.Adjustment A GtkAdjustment object, or NULL

Gtk.TreeView

get_halign () : Gtk.Align

Gets the value of the GtkWidget:halign property.

Returns:: Gtk.Align the horizontal alignment of widget

Gtk.Widget

get_has_tooltip () : gboolean

Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property.

Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.

Returns:: gboolean current value of has-tooltip on widget.

Gtk.Widget

get_has_window () : gboolean

Determines whether widget has a GdkWindow of its own.

Determines whether widget has a GdkWindow of its own. See
gtk_widget_set_has_window().

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if widget has a window, FALSE otherwise

Gtk.Widget

get_headers_clickable () : gboolean

Returns whether all header columns are clickable.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if all header columns are clickable, otherwise FALSE

Gtk.TreeView

get_headers_visible () : gboolean

Returns TRUE if the headers on the tree_view are visible.

Returns:: gboolean Whether the headers are visible or not.

Gtk.TreeView

get_hexpand () : gboolean

Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
space.

Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
space. When a user resizes a GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
expand.
Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather
than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
wants to expand.

Returns:: gboolean whether hexpand flag is set

Gtk.Widget

get_hexpand_set () : gboolean

Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.

Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
set, then the expand value depends on whether any
children of the widget would like to expand.
There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
for completeness and consistency.

Returns:: gboolean whether hexpand has been explicitly set

Gtk.Widget

get_hover_expand () : gboolean

Returns whether hover expansion mode is turned on for tree_view.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if tree_view is in hover expansion mode

Gtk.TreeView

get_hover_selection () : gboolean

Returns whether hover selection mode is turned on for tree_view.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if tree_view is in hover selection mode

Gtk.TreeView

get_hscroll_policy () : Gtk.ScrollablePolicy

Gets the horizontal GtkScrollablePolicy.

Returns:: Gtk.ScrollablePolicy The horizontal GtkScrollablePolicy.

Gtk.Scrollable

get_internal_child (Builder builder, String childname) : GObject.Object

Get the internal child called childname of the buildable object.

Parameters:
Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null): a GtkBuilder
String childname Required (not null): name of child

Returns:: GObject.Object the internal child of the buildable object

Gtk.Buildable

get_level_indentation () : gint32

Returns the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation for child levels
in tree_view.

Returns:: gint32 the amount of extra indentation for child levels in

Gtk.TreeView

get_mapped () : gboolean

Whether the widget is mapped.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget is mapped, FALSE otherwise.

Gtk.Widget

get_margin_bottom () : gint32

Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.

Returns:: gint32 The bottom margin of widget

Gtk.Widget

get_margin_left () : gint32

Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-left property.

Returns:: gint32 The left margin of widget

Gtk.Widget

get_margin_right () : gint32

Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-right property.

Returns:: gint32 The left margin of widget

Gtk.Widget

get_margin_top () : gint32

Gets the value of the GtkWidget:margin-top property.

Returns:: gint32 The top margin of widget

Gtk.Widget

get_model () : Gtk.TreeModel

Returns the model the GtkTreeView is based on.

Returns the model the GtkTreeView is based on. Returns NULL if the
model is unset.

Returns:: Gtk.TreeModel A GtkTreeModel, or NULL if none is currently being used.

Gtk.TreeView

get_modifier_style () : Gtk.RcStyle

Returns the current modifier style for the widget.

Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
This rc style is owned by the widget. If you want to keep a
pointer to value this around, you must add a refcount using
g_object_ref().

Returns:: Gtk.RcStyle the modifier style for the widget.

Gtk.Widget

get_name () : String

Retrieves the name of a widget.

Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
significance of widget names.
should not be modified or freed

Returns:: String name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and

Gtk.Widget

get_no_show_all () : gboolean

Returns the current value of the GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
will affect this widget.

Returns:: gboolean the current value of the "no-show-all" property.

Gtk.Widget

get_pango_context () : Pango.Context

Gets a PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
and base direction for this widget.

Gets a PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
match any changes to the widget's attributes.
If you create and keep a PangoLayout using this context, you must
deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
on the layout in response to the GtkWidget::style-updated and
GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.

Returns:: Pango.Context the PangoContext for the widget.

Gtk.Widget

get_parent () : Gtk.Widget

Returns the parent container of widget.

Returns:: Gtk.Widget the parent container of widget, or NULL

Gtk.Widget

get_parent_window () : Gdk.Window

Gets widget's parent window.

Returns:: Gdk.Window the parent window of widget.

Gtk.Widget

get_path () : Gtk.WidgetPath

Returns the GtkWidgetPath representing widget, if the widget
is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
created.

Returns:: Gtk.WidgetPath The GtkWidgetPath representing widget

Gtk.Widget

get_path_at_pos (gint32 x, gint32 y, Object out_values) : gboolean

Finds the path at the point (x, y), relative to bin_window coordinates
(please see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()).

Finds the path at the point (x, y), relative to bin_window coordinates
(please see gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window()).
That is, x and y are relative to an events coordinates. x and y must
come from an event on the tree_view only where event->window ==
gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window (). It is primarily for
things like popup menus. If path is non-NULL, then it will be filled
with the GtkTreePath at that point. This path should be freed with
gtk_tree_path_free(). If column is non-NULL, then it will be filled
with the column at that point. cell_x and cell_y return the coordinates
relative to the cell background (i.e. the background_area passed to
gtk_cell_renderer_render()). This function is only meaningful if
if tree_view is not realized or does not have a model.
For converting widget coordinates (eg. the ones you get from
GtkWidget::query-tooltip), please see
gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords().

Parameters:

gint32 x Required (not null)

The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window).

gint32 y Required (not null)

The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window).

Object out_values

Gtk.TreePath path
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column
gint32 cell_x
gint32 cell_y

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if a row exists at that coordinate.

Gtk.TreeView

get_path_for_child (Widget child) : Gtk.WidgetPath

Returns a newly created widget path representing all the widget hierarchy
from the toplevel down to child (this one not being included).

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget child Required (not null): a child of container

Returns:: Gtk.WidgetPath A newly created GtkWidgetPath

Gtk.Container

get_pointer () : Object

Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.

Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
defined as widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to widget->allocation.x,

Returns:: x: gint32; y: gint32

Gtk.Widget

get_preferred_height () : Object

Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural height.

Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural height.
This call is specific to width-for-height requests.
The returned request will be modified by the
GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any
GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request
is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one
returned by the widget itself.

Returns:: minimum_height: gint32; natural_height: gint32

Gtk.Widget

get_preferred_height_for_width (gint32 width) : Object

Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural height if it would be given
the specified width.

Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural height if it would be given
the specified width.
The returned request will be modified by the
GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any
GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request
is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one
returned by the widget itself.

Parameters:
gint32 width Required (not null): the width which is available for allocation

Returns:: minimum_height: gint32; natural_height: gint32

Gtk.Widget

get_preferred_size () : Object

Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a widget, taking
into account the widget's preference for height-for-width management.

Retrieves the minimum and natural size of a widget, taking
into account the widget's preference for height-for-width management.
This is used to retrieve a suitable size by container widgets which do
not impose any restrictions on the child placement. It can be used
to deduce toplevel window and menu sizes as well as child widgets in
free-form containers such as GtkLayout.
Handle with care. Note that the natural height of a height-for-width
widget will generally be a smaller size than the minimum height, since the required
height for the natural width is generally smaller than the required height for
the minimum width.

Returns:: minimum_size: Gtk.Requisition; natural_size: Gtk.Requisition

Gtk.Widget

get_preferred_width () : Object

Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural width.

Retrieves a widget's initial minimum and natural width.
This call is specific to height-for-width
requests.
The returned request will be modified by the
GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any
GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request
is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one
returned by the widget itself.

Returns:: minimum_width: gint32; natural_width: gint32

Gtk.Widget

get_preferred_width_for_height (gint32 height) : Object

Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural width if it would be given
the specified height.

Retrieves a widget's minimum and natural width if it would be given
the specified height.
The returned request will be modified by the
GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_request virtual method and by any
GtkSizeGroups that have been applied. That is, the returned request
is the one that should be used for layout, not necessarily the one
returned by the widget itself.

Parameters:
gint32 height Required (not null): the height which is available for allocation

Returns:: minimum_width: gint32; natural_width: gint32

Gtk.Widget

get_realized () : gboolean

Determines whether widget is realized.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if widget is realized, FALSE otherwise

Gtk.Widget

get_receives_default () : gboolean

Determines whether widget is alyways treated as default widget
withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
is the default.

Determines whether widget is alyways treated as default widget
withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
is the default.
See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
FALSE otherwise

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if widget acts as default widget when focussed,

Gtk.Widget

get_reorderable () : gboolean

Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop.

Retrieves whether the user can reorder the tree via drag-and-drop. See
gtk_tree_view_set_reorderable().

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the tree can be reordered.

Gtk.TreeView

get_request_mode () : Gtk.SizeRequestMode

Gets whether the widget prefers a height-for-width layout
or a width-for-height layout.

Gets whether the widget prefers a height-for-width layout
or a width-for-height layout.
GtkBin widgets generally propagate the preference of
their child, container widgets need to request something either in
context of their children or in context of their allocation
capabilities.

Returns:: Gtk.SizeRequestMode The GtkSizeRequestMode preferred by widget.

Gtk.Widget

get_requisition () : Gtk.Requisition

Retrieves the widget's requisition.

Retrieves the widget's requisition.
This function should only be used by widget implementations in
order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations,
add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.

Returns:: Gtk.Requisition

Gtk.Widget

get_resize_mode () : Gtk.ResizeMode

Returns the resize mode for the container.

Returns the resize mode for the container. See
gtk_container_set_resize_mode ().

Returns:: Gtk.ResizeMode the current resize mode

Gtk.Container

get_root_window () : Gdk.Window

Get the root window where this widget is located.

Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
hierarchy with GtkWindow at the top.
The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.

Returns:: Gdk.Window the GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.

Gtk.Widget

get_rubber_banding () : gboolean

Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for tree_view.

Returns whether rubber banding is turned on for tree_view. If the
selection mode is GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the
user to select multiple rows by dragging the mouse.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if rubber banding in tree_view is enabled.

Gtk.TreeView

get_rules_hint () : gboolean

Gets the setting set by gtk_tree_view_set_rules_hint().

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if rules are useful for the user of this tree

Gtk.TreeView

get_screen () : Gdk.Screen

Get the GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
this widget.

Get the GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
has been added to a widget hierarchy with a GtkWindow
at the top.
In general, you should only create screen specific
resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
free those resources when the widget is unrealized.

Returns:: Gdk.Screen the GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.

Gtk.Widget

get_search_column () : gint32

Gets the column searched on by the interactive search code.

Returns:: gint32 the column the interactive search code searches in.

Gtk.TreeView

get_search_entry () : Gtk.Entry

Returns the GtkEntry which is currently in use as interactive search
entry for tree_view.

Returns the GtkEntry which is currently in use as interactive search
entry for tree_view. In case the built-in entry is being used, NULL
will be returned.

Returns:: Gtk.Entry the entry currently in use as search entry.

Gtk.TreeView

get_selection () : Gtk.TreeSelection

Gets the GtkTreeSelection associated with tree_view.

Returns:: Gtk.TreeSelection A GtkTreeSelection object.

Gtk.TreeView

get_sensitive () : gboolean

Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).

Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget is sensitive

Gtk.Widget

get_settings () : Gtk.Settings

Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.

Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
Note that this function can only be called when the GtkWidget
is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
to a particular GdkScreen.

Returns:: Gtk.Settings the relevant GtkSettings object

Gtk.Widget

get_show_expanders () : gboolean

Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in tree_view.

Returns whether or not expanders are drawn in tree_view.
otherwise.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if expanders are drawn in tree_view, FALSE

Gtk.TreeView

get_size_request () : Object

Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
gtk_widget_set_size_request().

Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in width or
and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of
this function.

Returns:: width: gint32; height: gint32

Gtk.Widget

get_state () : Gtk.StateType

Returns the widget's state.

Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().

Returns:: Gtk.StateType the state of widget.

Gtk.Widget

get_state_flags () : Gtk.StateFlags

Returns the widget state as a flag set.

Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
that the effective GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if

Returns:: Gtk.StateFlags The state flags for widget

Gtk.Widget

get_style () : Gtk.Style

Simply an accessor function that returns widget->style.

Returns:: Gtk.Style the widget's GtkStyle

Gtk.Widget

get_style_context () : Gtk.StyleContext

Returns the style context associated to widget.

Returns the style context associated to widget.
must not be freed.

Returns:: Gtk.StyleContext a GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by widget and

Gtk.Widget

get_support_multidevice () : gboolean

Returns TRUE if widget is multiple pointer aware.

Returns TRUE if widget is multiple pointer aware. See
gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if widget is multidevice aware.

Gtk.Widget

get_tooltip_column () : gint32

Returns the column of tree_view's model which is being used for
displaying tooltips on tree_view's rows.

Returns the column of tree_view's model which is being used for
displaying tooltips on tree_view's rows.
used, or -1 if this is disabled.

Returns:: gint32 the index of the tooltip column that is currently being

Gtk.TreeView

get_tooltip_context (gint32 x, gint32 y, gboolean keyboard_tip, Object out_values) : gboolean

This function is supposed to be used in a GtkWidget::query-tooltip
signal handler for GtkTreeView.

This function is supposed to be used in a GtkWidget::query-tooltip
signal handler for GtkTreeView. The x, y and keyboard_tip values
which are received in the signal handler, should be passed to this
function without modification.
The return value indicates whether there is a tree view row at the given
coordinates (TRUE) or not (FALSE) for mouse tooltips. For keyboard
tooltips the row returned will be the cursor row. When TRUE, then any of
that row and the corresponding model. x and y will always be converted
to be relative to tree_view's bin_window if keyboard_tooltip is FALSE.

Parameters:

gint32 x Required (not null)

the x coordinate (relative to widget coordinates)

gint32 y Required (not null)

the y coordinate (relative to widget coordinates)

gboolean keyboard_tip Required (not null)

whether this is a keyboard tooltip or not

Object out_values

Gtk.TreeModel model
Gtk.TreePath path
Gtk.TreeIter iter

Returns:: gboolean whether or not the given tooltip context points to a row.

Gtk.TreeView

get_tooltip_markup () : String

Gets the contents of the tooltip for widget.

Gets the contents of the tooltip for widget.
returned string with g_free() when done.

Returns:: String the tooltip text, or NULL. You should free the

Gtk.Widget

get_tooltip_text () : String

Gets the contents of the tooltip for widget.

Gets the contents of the tooltip for widget.
returned string with g_free() when done.

Returns:: String the tooltip text, or NULL. You should free the

Gtk.Widget

get_tooltip_window () : Gtk.Window

Returns the GtkWindow of the current tooltip.

Returns the GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().

Returns:: Gtk.Window The GtkWindow of the current tooltip.

Gtk.Widget

get_toplevel () : Gtk.Widget

This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
returned as the topmost widget.

This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)
would return
NULL if widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
window was inside a GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
inside the toplevel GtkWindow. While the second case may
seem unlikely, it actually happens when a GtkPlug is embedded
inside a GtkSocket within the same application.
To reliably find the toplevel GtkWindow, use
gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the TOPLEVEL flags
is set on the result.
|[
GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
{
/* Perform action on toplevel. */
}
]|
if there's no ancestor.

Returns:: Gtk.Widget the topmost ancestor of widget, or widget itself

Gtk.Widget

get_vadjustment () : Gtk.Adjustment

Gets the GtkAdjustment currently being used for the vertical aspect.

Gets the GtkAdjustment currently being used for the vertical aspect.
if none is currently being used.

Returns:: Gtk.Adjustment A GtkAdjustment object, or NULL

Gtk.TreeView

get_valign () : Gtk.Align

Gets the value of the GtkWidget:valign property.

Returns:: Gtk.Align the vertical alignment of widget

Gtk.Widget

get_vexpand () : gboolean

Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
space.

Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
space.
See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.

Returns:: gboolean whether vexpand flag is set

Gtk.Widget

get_vexpand_set () : gboolean

Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.

Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.

Returns:: gboolean whether vexpand has been explicitly set

Gtk.Widget

get_visible () : gboolean

Determines whether the widget is visible.

Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't
take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible
or the widget is obscured in any way.
See gtk_widget_set_visible().

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget is visible

Gtk.Widget

get_visible_range (Object out_values) : gboolean

Sets start_path and end_path to be the first and last visible path.

Sets start_path and end_path to be the first and last visible path.
Note that there may be invisible paths in between.
The paths should be freed with gtk_tree_path_free() after use.

Parameters:

Object out_values

Gtk.TreePath start_path
Gtk.TreePath end_path

Returns:: gboolean TRUE, if valid paths were placed in start_path and end_path.

Gtk.TreeView

get_visible_rect () : cairo.RectangleInt

Fills visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the
buffer, in tree coordinates.

Fills visible_rect with the currently-visible region of the
buffer, in tree coordinates. Convert to bin_window coordinates with
gtk_tree_view_convert_tree_to_bin_window_coords().
Tree coordinates start at 0,0 for row 0 of the tree, and cover the entire
scrollable area of the tree.

Returns:: cairo.RectangleInt

Gtk.TreeView

get_visual () : Gdk.Visual

Gets the visual that will be used to render widget.

Returns:: Gdk.Visual the visual for widget

Gtk.Widget

get_vscroll_policy () : Gtk.ScrollablePolicy

Gets the vertical GtkScrollablePolicy.

Returns:: Gtk.ScrollablePolicy The vertical GtkScrollablePolicy.

Gtk.Scrollable

get_window () : Gdk.Window

Returns the widget's window if it is realized, NULL otherwise

Returns:: Gdk.Window widget's window.

Gtk.Widget

grab_add () : none

Makes widget the current grabbed widget.

Makes widget the current grabbed widget.
This means that interaction with other widgets in the same
application is blocked and mouse as well as keyboard events
are delivered to this widget.
If widget is not sensitive, it is not set as the current
grabbed widget and this function does nothing.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

grab_default () : none

Causes widget to become the default widget.

Causes widget to become the default widget. widget must have the
GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
yourself by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget,
TRUE). The default widget is activated when
the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
that GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property
set to TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
is pressed and the GtkEntry is focused.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

grab_focus () : none

Causes widget to have the keyboard focus for the GtkWindow it's
inside.

Causes widget to have the keyboard focus for the GtkWindow it's
inside. widget must be a focusable widget, such as a GtkEntry;
something like GtkFrame won't work.
More precisely, it must have the GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
will likely fail and cause critical warnings.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

grab_remove () : none

Removes the grab from the given widget.

Removes the grab from the given widget.
You have to pair calls to gtk_grab_add() and gtk_grab_remove().
If widget does not have the grab, this function does nothing.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

has_default () : gboolean

Determines whether widget is the current default widget within its
toplevel.

Determines whether widget is the current default widget within its
toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
its toplevel, FALSE otherwise

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if widget is the current default widget within

Gtk.Widget

has_focus () : gboolean

Determines if the widget has the global input focus.

Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.

Gtk.Widget

has_grab () : gboolean

Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).

Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
See also gtk_grab_add().

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack

Gtk.Widget

has_rc_style () : gboolean

Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism.

Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism.
mechanism, FALSE otherwise.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget has been looked up through the rc

Gtk.Widget

has_screen () : gboolean

Checks whether there is a GdkScreen is associated with
this widget.

Checks whether there is a GdkScreen is associated with
this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
window at the top.
with the widget.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if there is a GdkScreen associcated

Gtk.Widget

hide () : none

Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
hidden (invisible to the user).

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

hide_on_delete () : gboolean

Utility function; intended to be connected to the GtkWidget::delete-event
signal on a GtkWindow.

Utility function; intended to be connected to the GtkWidget::delete-event
signal on a GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
argument, then returns TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
is received.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE

Gtk.Widget

in_destruction () : gboolean

Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.

Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
unnecessary work.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if widget is being destroyed

Gtk.Widget

input_shape_combine_region (Region region) : none

Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window.

Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.

Parameters:
cairo.Region region: shape to be added, or NULL to remove an existing shape

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

insert_column (TreeViewColumn column, gint32 position) : gint32

This inserts the column into the tree_view at position.

This inserts the column into the tree_view at position. If position is
-1, then the column is inserted at the end. If tree_view has
"fixed_height" mode enabled, then column must have its "sizing" property
set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null): The GtkTreeViewColumn to be inserted.
gint32 position Required (not null): The position to insert column in.

Returns:: gint32 The number of columns in tree_view after insertion.

Gtk.TreeView

insert_column_with_data_func (gint32 position, String title, CellRenderer cell, Function func, void* data, Function dnotify) : gint32

Convenience function that inserts a new column into the GtkTreeView
with the given cell renderer and a GtkCellDataFunc to set cell renderer
attributes (normally using data from the model).

Convenience function that inserts a new column into the GtkTreeView
with the given cell renderer and a GtkCellDataFunc to set cell renderer
attributes (normally using data from the model). See also
gtk_tree_view_column_set_cell_data_func(), gtk_tree_view_column_pack_start().
If tree_view has "fixed_height" mode enabled, then the new column will have its
"sizing" property set to be GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.

Parameters:
gint32 position Required (not null): Position to insert, -1 for append
String title Required (not null): column title
Gtk.CellRenderer cell Required (not null): cell renderer for column
Function (TreeViewColumn tree_column, CellRenderer cell, TreeModel tree_model, TreeIter iter, void* data) : gint32 Required (not null): function to set attributes of cell renderer
void* data Required (not null): data for func
Function (void* data) : gint32 Required (not null): destroy notifier for data

Returns:: gint32 number of columns in the tree view post-insert

Gtk.TreeView

intersect (RectangleInt area, RectangleInt intersection) : gboolean

Computes the intersection of a widget's area and area, storing
the intersection in intersection, and returns TRUE if there was
an intersection.

Computes the intersection of a widget's area and area, storing
the intersection in intersection, and returns TRUE if there was
an intersection. intersection may be NULL if you're only
interested in whether there was an intersection.

Parameters:
cairo.RectangleInt area Required (not null): a rectangle
cairo.RectangleInt intersection Required (not null): rectangle to store intersection of widget and area

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if there was an intersection

Gtk.Widget

is_ancestor (Widget ancestor) : gboolean

Determines whether widget is somewhere inside ancestor, possibly with
intermediate containers.

Determines whether widget is somewhere inside ancestor, possibly with
intermediate containers.
grandchild, great grandchild, etc.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget ancestor Required (not null): another GtkWidget

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if ancestor contains widget as a child,

Gtk.Widget

is_blank_at_pos (gint32 x, gint32 y, Object out_values) : gboolean

Determine whether the point (x, y) in tree_view is blank, that is no
cell content nor an expander arrow is drawn at the location.

Determine whether the point (x, y) in tree_view is blank, that is no
cell content nor an expander arrow is drawn at the location. If so, the
location can be considered as the background. You might wish to take
special action on clicks on the background, such as clearing a current
selection, having a custom context menu or starting rubber banding.
The x and y coordinate that are provided must be relative to bin_window
coordinates. That is, x and y must come from an event on tree_view
where event->window == gtk_tree_view_get_bin_window ().
For converting widget coordinates (eg. the ones you get from
GtkWidget::query-tooltip), please see
gtk_tree_view_convert_widget_to_bin_window_coords().
The path, column, cell_x and cell_y arguments will be filled in
likewise as for gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos(). Please see
gtk_tree_view_get_path_at_pos() for more information.
FALSE otherwise.

Parameters:

gint32 x Required (not null)

The x position to be identified (relative to bin_window)

gint32 y Required (not null)

The y position to be identified (relative to bin_window)

Object out_values

Gtk.TreePath path
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column
gint32 cell_x
gint32 cell_y

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the area at the given coordinates is blank,

Gtk.TreeView

is_composited () : gboolean

Whether widget can rely on having its alpha channel
drawn correctly.

Whether widget can rely on having its alpha channel
drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
compositing manager is running for widget's screen.
Please note that the semantics of this call will change
in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
channel being drawn correctly.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha

Gtk.Widget

is_drawable () : gboolean

Determines whether widget can be drawn to.

Determines whether widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
to if it is mapped and visible.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if widget is drawable, FALSE otherwise

Gtk.Widget

is_focus () : gboolean

Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
toplevel.

Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
toplevel. (This does not mean that the HAS_FOCUS flag is
necessarily set; HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.

Gtk.Widget

is_rubber_banding_active () : gboolean

Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done
in tree_view.

Returns whether a rubber banding operation is currently being done
in tree_view.
done in tree_view.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if a rubber banding operation is currently being

Gtk.TreeView

is_sensitive () : gboolean

Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive

Gtk.Widget

is_toplevel () : gboolean

Determines whether widget is a toplevel widget.

Determines whether widget is a toplevel widget.
Currently only GtkWindow and GtkInvisible (and out-of-process
GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
widget.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if widget is a toplevel, FALSE otherwise

Gtk.Widget

keynav_failed (DirectionType direction) : gboolean

This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
a single widget hits a boundary.

This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
gtk_widget_child_focus():
When TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
focus to.
When FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
The default ::keynav-failed handler returns TRUE for
GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
values of GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns FALSE
if the setting is TRUE. This way the entire user interface
becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
Whenever the default handler returns TRUE, it also calls
gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
navigation.
A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
(either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
that require entering license keys.
if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
navigation attempt in its parent container(s).

Parameters:
Gtk.DirectionType direction Required (not null): direction of focus movement

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, FALSE

Gtk.Widget

list_accel_closures () : Array

Lists the closures used by widget for accelerator group connections
with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().

Lists the closures used by widget for accelerator group connections
with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on widget,
by connecting to the GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
a newly allocated GList of closures

Returns:: Array

Gtk.Widget

list_mnemonic_labels () : Array

Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).

Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
must call g_list_foreach (result,
(GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL) first, and then unref all the
widgets afterwards.
mnemonic labels; free this list
with g_list_free() when you are done with it.

Returns:: Array the list of

Gtk.Widget

map () : none

This function is only for use in widget implementations.

This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

map_expanded_rows (Function func, void* data) : none

Calls func on all expanded rows.

Parameters:
Function (TreeView tree_view, TreePath path, void* user_data) : none Required (not null): A function to be called
void* data Required (not null): User data to be passed to the function.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

mnemonic_activate (gboolean group_cycling) : gboolean

Emits the GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.

Emits the GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
The default handler for this signal activates the widget if
is TRUE.

Parameters:
gboolean group_cycling Required (not null): TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if the signal has been handled

Gtk.Widget

modify_base (StateType state, Color color) : none

Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.

Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
All other style values are left untouched. The base color
is the background color used along with the text color
(see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as GtkEntry
and GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().

Note that "no window" widgets (which have the GTK_NO_WINDOW
flag set) draw on their parent container's window and thus may
not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g.
GtkLabel.

To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the
base color on their parent; if you want to set the background
of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in
a GtkEventBox widget and setting the base color on that.

Parameters:
Gtk.StateType state Required (not null): the state for which to set the base color
Gdk.Color color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_base().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

modify_bg (StateType state, Color color) : none

Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.

Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.
All other style values are left untouched.
See also gtk_widget_modify_style().

Note that "no window" widgets (which have the GTK_NO_WINDOW
flag set) draw on their parent container's window and thus may
not draw any background themselves. This is the case for e.g.
GtkLabel.

To modify the background of such widgets, you have to set the
background color on their parent; if you want to set the background
of a rectangular area around a label, try placing the label in
a GtkEventBox widget and setting the background color on that.

Parameters:
Gtk.StateType state Required (not null): the state for which to set the background color
Gdk.Color color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_bg().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

modify_cursor (Color primary, Color secondary) : none

Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
GtkWidget:cursor-color and GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
style properties.

Parameters:
Gdk.Color primary Required (not null): the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
Gdk.Color secondary Required (not null): the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

modify_fg (StateType state, Color color) : none

Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.

Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.
All other style values are left untouched.
See also gtk_widget_modify_style().

Parameters:
Gtk.StateType state Required (not null): the state for which to set the foreground color
Gdk.Color color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_fg().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

modify_font (FontDescription font_desc) : none

Sets the font to use for a widget.

Sets the font to use for a widget.
All other style values are left untouched.
See also gtk_widget_modify_style().

Parameters:
Pango.FontDescription font_desc: the font description to use, or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font()

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

modify_style (RcStyle style) : none

Modifies style values on the widget.

Modifies style values on the widget.
Modifications made using this technique take precedence over
style values set via an RC file, however, they will be overridden
if a style is explicitely set on the widget using gtk_widget_set_style().
The GtkRcStyle structure is designed so each field can either be
set or unset, so it is possible, using this function, to modify some
style values and leave the others unchanged.
Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
make your modifications to the returned style, then call
gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
effect with the initial modifications.

Parameters:
Gtk.RcStyle style Required (not null): the GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

modify_text (StateType state, Color color) : none

Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state.

Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state.
All other style values are left untouched.
The text color is the foreground color used along with the
base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base()) for widgets such
as GtkEntry and GtkTextView.
See also gtk_widget_modify_style().

Parameters:
Gtk.StateType state Required (not null): the state for which to set the text color
Gdk.Color color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_modify_text().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

move_column_after (TreeViewColumn column, TreeViewColumn base_column) : none

Moves column to be after to base_column.

Moves column to be after to base_column. If base_column is NULL, then

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null): The GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved.
Gtk.TreeViewColumn base_column: The GtkTreeViewColumn to be moved relative to, or NULL.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

override_background_color (StateFlags state, RGBA color) : none

Sets the background color to use for a widget.

Sets the background color to use for a widget.
All other style values are left untouched.
See gtk_widget_override_color().

Parameters:
Gtk.StateFlags state Required (not null): the state for which to set the background color
Gdk.RGBA color Required (not null): the color to assign, or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

override_color (StateFlags state, RGBA color) : none

Sets the color to use for a widget.

Sets the color to use for a widget.
All other style values are left untouched.

This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to
change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets
library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better
done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your
widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class()
and gtk_style_context_add_region().

This way, your widget library can install a GtkCssProvider
with the GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order
to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and
this theming may fully overridden by the user's theme.

Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired
results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in
these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a
GtkCssProvider with the GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
priority.

Parameters:
Gtk.StateFlags state Required (not null): the state for which to set the color
Gdk.RGBA color Required (not null): the color to assign, or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

override_cursor (RGBA cursor, RGBA secondary_cursor) : none

Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
GtkWidget:cursor-color and GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
style properties.

Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
GtkWidget:cursor-color and GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
Note that the underlying properties have the GdkColor type,
so the alpha value in primary and secondary will be ignored.

Parameters:
Gdk.RGBA cursor Required (not null): the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
Gdk.RGBA secondary_cursor Required (not null): the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

override_font (FontDescription font_desc) : none

Sets the font to use for a widget.

Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().

Parameters:
Pango.FontDescription font_desc Required (not null): the font descriptiong to use, or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font()

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

override_symbolic_color (String name, RGBA color) : none

Sets a symbolic color for a widget.

Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
All other style values are left untouched.
See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
or background color.

Parameters:
String name Required (not null): the name of the symbolic color to modify
Gdk.RGBA color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated), or NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color()

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

parser_finished (Builder builder) : none

Called when the builder finishes the parsing of a
GtkBuilder UI definition.

Called when the builder finishes the parsing of a
GtkBuilder UI definition.
Note that this will be called once for each time
gtk_builder_add_from_file() or gtk_builder_add_from_string()
is called on a builder.

Parameters:
Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null): a GtkBuilder

Returns:: none

Gtk.Buildable

path () : Object

Obtains the full path to widget.

Obtains the full path to widget. The path is simply the name of a
widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
periods. The name of a widget comes from
gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the
widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting
the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
file. path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
i.e. starting with widget's name instead of starting with the name
of widget's outermost ancestor.

Returns:: path_length: guint32; path: String; path_reversed: String

Gtk.Widget

propagate_draw (Widget child, Context cr) : none

When a container receives a call to the draw function, it must send
synthetic GtkWidget::draw calls to all children that don't have their
own GdkWindows.

When a container receives a call to the draw function, it must send
synthetic GtkWidget::draw calls to all children that don't have their
own GdkWindows. This function provides a convenient way of doing this.
A container, when it receives a call to its GtkWidget::draw function,
calls gtk_container_propagate_draw() once for each child, passing in
the cr the container received.
gtk_container_propagate_draw() takes care of translating the origin of cr,
and deciding whether the draw needs to be sent to the child. It is a
convenient and optimized way of getting the same effect as calling
gtk_widget_draw() on the child directly.
In most cases, a container can simply either inherit the
GtkWidget::draw implementation from GtkContainer, or do some drawing
and then chain to the ::draw implementation from GtkContainer.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget child Required (not null): a child of container
cairo.Context cr Required (not null): Cairo context as passed to the container. If you want to use cr in container's draw function, consider using cairo_save() and cairo_restore() before calling this function.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

queue_compute_expand () : none

Mark widget as needing to recompute its expand flags.

Mark widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
this function when setting legacy expand child properties
on the child of a container.
See gtk_widget_compute_expand().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

queue_draw () : none

Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
entire area of a widget.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

queue_draw_area (gint32 x, gint32 y, gint32 width, gint32 height) : none

Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
the region created from the given coordinates.

Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
the region created from the given coordinates.
The region here is specified in widget coordinates.
Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
defined as widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to widget->allocation.x,

Parameters:
gint32 x Required (not null): x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
gint32 y Required (not null): y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
gint32 width Required (not null): width of region to draw
gint32 height Required (not null): height of region to draw

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

queue_draw_region (Region region) : none

Invalidates the rectangular area of widget defined by region by
calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
all its child windows.

Invalidates the rectangular area of widget defined by region by
calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the
current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window
will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have
been invalidated.
Normally you would only use this function in widget
implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.

Parameters:
cairo.Region region Required (not null): region to draw

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

queue_resize () : none

This function is only for use in widget implementations.

This function is only for use in widget implementations.
Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
For example, when you change the text in a GtkLabel, GtkLabel
queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

queue_resize_no_redraw () : none

This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
except that the widget is not invalidated.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

realize () : none

Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
widget.

Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
widget. For example, widget->window will be created when a widget
is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
realized and mapped automatically.
Realizing a widget requires all
the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
when you realize it, bad things will happen.
This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
GtkWidget::realize signal.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

region_intersect (Region region) : cairo.Region

Computes the intersection of a widget's area and region, returning
the intersection.

Computes the intersection of a widget's area and region, returning
the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
check.

Parameters:
cairo.Region region Required (not null): a cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as for NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window of widget->window for widgets with their own window.

Returns:: cairo.Region A newly allocated region holding the intersection of widget and region. The coordinates of the return value are relative to widget->window for NO_WINDOW widgets, and relative to the parent window of widget->window for widgets with their own window.

Gtk.Widget

remove (Widget widget) : none

Removes widget from container.

Removes widget from container. widget must be inside container.
Note that container will own a reference to widget, and that this
may be the last reference held; so removing a widget from its
container can destroy that widget. If you want to use widget
again, you need to add a reference to it while it's not inside
a container, using g_object_ref(). If you don't want to use widget
again it's usually more efficient to simply destroy it directly
using gtk_widget_destroy() since this will remove it from the
container and help break any circular reference count cycles.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget widget Required (not null): a current child of container

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

remove_accelerator (AccelGroup accel_group, guint32 accel_key, ModifierType accel_mods) : gboolean

Removes an accelerator from widget, previously installed with
gtk_widget_add_accelerator().

Parameters:
Gtk.AccelGroup accel_group Required (not null): accel group for this widget
guint32 accel_key Required (not null): GDK keyval of the accelerator
Gdk.ModifierType accel_mods Required (not null): modifier key combination of the accelerator

Returns:: gboolean whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed

Gtk.Widget

remove_column (TreeViewColumn column) : gint32

Removes column from tree_view.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null): The GtkTreeViewColumn to remove.

Returns:: gint32 The number of columns in tree_view after removing.

Gtk.TreeView

remove_mnemonic_label (Widget label) : none

Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
this widget.

Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
must have previously been added to the list with
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget label Required (not null): a GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

render_icon (String stock_id, gint32 size, String detail) : GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf

A convenience function that uses the theme settings for widget
to look up stock_id and render it to a pixbuf.

A convenience function that uses the theme settings for widget
to look up stock_id and render it to a pixbuf. stock_id should
be a stock icon ID such as GTK_STOCK_OPEN or GTK_STOCK_OK. size
should be a size such as GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. detail should be a
string that identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so
that theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or
code.
The pixels in the returned GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be
freed after use with g_object_unref().
stock ID wasn't known

Parameters:
String stock_id Required (not null): a stock ID
gint32 size Required (not null): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
String detail: render detail to pass to theme engine

Returns:: GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf a new pixbuf, or NULL if the

Gtk.Widget

render_icon_pixbuf (String stock_id, gint32 size) : GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf

A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
settings for widget to look up stock_id and render it to
a pixbuf.

A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
settings for widget to look up stock_id and render it to
a pixbuf. stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
GTK_STOCK_OPEN or GTK_STOCK_OK. size should be a size
such as GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU.
The pixels in the returned GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
after use with g_object_unref().
stock ID wasn't known

Parameters:
String stock_id Required (not null): a stock ID
gint32 size Required (not null): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).

Returns:: GdkPixbuf.Pixbuf a new pixbuf, or NULL if the

Gtk.Widget

reparent (Widget new_parent) : none

Moves a widget from one GtkContainer to another, handling reference
count issues to avoid destroying the widget.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget new_parent Required (not null): a GtkContainer to move the widget into

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

reset_rc_styles () : none

Reset the styles of widget and all descendents, so when
they are looked up again, they get the correct values
for the currently loaded RC file settings.

Reset the styles of widget and all descendents, so when
they are looked up again, they get the correct values
for the currently loaded RC file settings.
This function is not useful for applications.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

reset_style () : none

Updates the style context of widget and all descendents
by updating its widget path.

Updates the style context of widget and all descendents
by updating its widget path. GtkContainers may want
to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

resize_children () : none

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

row_activated (TreePath path, TreeViewColumn column) : none

Activates the cell determined by path and column.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null): The GtkTreePath to be activated.
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null): The GtkTreeViewColumn to be activated.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

row_expanded (TreePath path) : gboolean

Returns TRUE if the node pointed to by path is expanded in tree_view.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null): A GtkTreePath to test expansion state.

Returns:: gboolean TRUE if path is expanded.

Gtk.TreeView

scroll_to_cell (TreePath path, TreeViewColumn column, gboolean use_align, gfloat row_align, gfloat col_align) : none

Moves the alignments of tree_view to the position specified by column and
if path is NULL no vertical scrolling occurs.

Moves the alignments of tree_view to the position specified by column and
if path is NULL no vertical scrolling occurs. At a minimum, one of column
or path need to be non-NULL. row_align determines where the row is
placed, and col_align determines where column is placed. Both are expected
to be between 0.0 and 1.0. 0.0 means left/top alignment, 1.0 means
right/bottom alignment, 0.5 means center.
If use_align is FALSE, then the alignment arguments are ignored, and the
tree does the minimum amount of work to scroll the cell onto the screen.
This means that the cell will be scrolled to the edge closest to its current
position. If the cell is currently visible on the screen, nothing is done.
This function only works if the model is set, and path is a valid row on the
model. If the model changes before the tree_view is realized, the centered
path will be modified to reflect this change.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path: The path of the row to move to, or NULL.
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column: The GtkTreeViewColumn to move horizontally to, or NULL.
gboolean use_align Required (not null): whether to use alignment arguments, or FALSE.
gfloat row_align Required (not null): The vertical alignment of the row specified by path.
gfloat col_align Required (not null): The horizontal alignment of the column specified by column.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

scroll_to_point (gint32 tree_x, gint32 tree_y) : none

Scrolls the tree view such that the top-left corner of the visible
area is tree_x, tree_y, where tree_x and tree_y are specified
in tree coordinates.

Scrolls the tree view such that the top-left corner of the visible
area is tree_x, tree_y, where tree_x and tree_y are specified
in tree coordinates. The tree_view must be realized before
this function is called. If it isn't, you probably want to be
using gtk_tree_view_scroll_to_cell().
If either tree_x or tree_y are -1, then that direction isn't scrolled.

Parameters:
gint32 tree_x Required (not null): X coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1
gint32 tree_y Required (not null): Y coordinate of new top-left pixel of visible area, or -1

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

send_expose (Event event) : gint32

Very rarely-used function.

Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
event to a child NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done
using gtk_container_propagate_draw().
If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
the event was handled)

Parameters:
Gdk.Event event Required (not null): a expose GdkEvent

Returns:: gint32 return from the event signal emission (TRUE if

Gtk.Widget

send_focus_change (Event event) : gboolean

Sends the focus change event to widget
This function is not meant to be used by applications.

Sends the focus change event to widget
This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
should be used is when it is necessary for a GtkWidget to assign focus
to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
window similar to the quick search in GtkTreeView.
An example of its usage is:
|[
GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
gdk_event_free (event);
]|
if the event was handled, and FALSE otherwise

Parameters:
Gdk.Event event Required (not null): a GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE

Returns:: gboolean the return value from the event signal emission: TRUE

Gtk.Widget

set_accel_path (String accel_path, AccelGroup accel_group) : none

Given an accelerator group, accel_group, and an accelerator path,
key binding that is defined for accel_path is pressed, widget
will be activated.

Given an accelerator group, accel_group, and an accelerator path,
key binding that is defined for accel_path is pressed, widget
will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
This function is a low level function that would most likely
be used by a menu creation system like GtkUIManager. If you
use GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
automatically.
Even when you you aren't using GtkUIManager, if you only want to
set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
Note that accel_path string will be stored in a GQuark. Therefore, if you
pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
g_intern_static_string().

Parameters:
String accel_path: path used to look up the accelerator
Gtk.AccelGroup accel_group: a GtkAccelGroup.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_allocation (RectangleInt allocation) : none

Sets the widget's allocation.

Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual
allocation. If you're implementing a GtkContainer, you want to use
gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
allocation.

Parameters:
cairo.RectangleInt allocation Required (not null): a pointer to a GtkAllocation to copy from

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_app_paintable (gboolean app_paintable) : none

Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
an GtkWidget::draw handler.

Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
an GtkWidget::draw handler.
This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
that do pay attention to the flag, such as GtkEventBox and GtkWindow,
the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.

Parameters:
gboolean app_paintable Required (not null): TRUE if the application will paint on the widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_border_width (guint32 border_width) : none

Sets the border width of the container.

Sets the border width of the container.
The border width of a container is the amount of space to leave
around the outside of the container. The only exception to this is
GtkWindow; because toplevel windows can't leave space outside,
they leave the space inside. The border is added on all sides of
the container. To add space to only one side, one approach is to
create a GtkAlignment widget, call gtk_widget_set_size_request()
to give it a size, and place it on the side of the container as
a spacer.

Parameters:
guint32 border_width Required (not null): amount of blank space to leave outside the container. Valid values are in the range 0-65535 pixels.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

set_buildable_property (Builder builder, String name, Value value) : none

Sets the property name name to value on the buildable object.

Parameters:
Gtk.Builder builder Required (not null): a GtkBuilder
String name Required (not null): name of property
GObject.Value value Required (not null): value of property

Returns:: none

Gtk.Buildable

set_can_default (gboolean can_default) : none

Specifies whether widget can be a default widget.

Specifies whether widget can be a default widget. See
gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
"default".

Parameters:
gboolean can_default Required (not null): whether or not widget can be a default widget.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_can_focus (gboolean can_focus) : none

Specifies whether widget can own the input focus.

Specifies whether widget can own the input focus. See
gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
widget.

Parameters:
gboolean can_focus Required (not null): whether or not widget can own the input focus.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_child_visible (gboolean is_visible) : none

Sets whether widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
is mapped and widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().

Sets whether widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
is mapped and widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
it will be reset to its default state of TRUE when the widget
is removed from a container.
Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
can queue a resize itself.
This function is only useful for container implementations and
never should be called by an application.

Parameters:
gboolean is_visible Required (not null): if TRUE, widget should be mapped along with its parent.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_column_drag_function (Function func, void* user_data, Function destroy) : none

Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when
dragged.

Sets a user function for determining where a column may be dropped when
dragged. This function is called on every column pair in turn at the
beginning of a column drag to determine where a drop can take place. The
dragged, the two GtkTreeViewColumn s determining the drop spot, and
are NULL, then they indicate an edge. If func is set to be NULL, then
dropped everywhere.

Parameters:
Function (TreeView tree_view, TreeViewColumn column, TreeViewColumn prev_column, TreeViewColumn next_column, void* data) : none: A function to determine which columns are reorderable, or NULL.
void* user_data: User data to be passed to func, or NULL
Function (void* data) : none: Destroy notifier for user_data, or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_composite_name (String name) : none

Sets a widgets composite name.

Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().

Parameters:
String name Required (not null): the name to set

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_cursor (TreePath path, TreeViewColumn focus_column, gboolean start_editing) : none

Sets the current keyboard focus to be at path, and selects it.

Sets the current keyboard focus to be at path, and selects it. This is
useful when you want to focus the user's attention on a particular row. If
it. Additionally, if focus_column is specified, and start_editing is
TRUE, then editing should be started in the specified cell.
This function is often followed by gtk_widget_grab_focus (tree_view)
in order to give keyboard focus to the widget. Please note that editing
can only happen when the widget is realized.
If path is invalid for model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset
and the function will return without failing.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null): A GtkTreePath
Gtk.TreeViewColumn focus_column: A GtkTreeViewColumn, or NULL
gboolean start_editing Required (not null): TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_cursor_on_cell (TreePath path, TreeViewColumn focus_column, CellRenderer focus_cell, gboolean start_editing) : none

Sets the current keyboard focus to be at path, and selects it.

Sets the current keyboard focus to be at path, and selects it. This is
useful when you want to focus the user's attention on a particular row. If
it. If focus_column and focus_cell are not NULL, and focus_column
contains 2 or more editable or activatable cells, then focus is given to
the cell specified by focus_cell. Additionally, if focus_column is
specified, and start_editing is TRUE, then editing should be started in
the specified cell. This function is often followed by
widget. Please note that editing can only happen when the widget is
realized.
If path is invalid for model, the current cursor (if any) will be unset
and the function will return without failing.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null): A GtkTreePath
Gtk.TreeViewColumn focus_column: A GtkTreeViewColumn, or NULL
Gtk.CellRenderer focus_cell: A GtkCellRenderer, or NULL
gboolean start_editing Required (not null): TRUE if the specified cell should start being edited.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_destroy_count_func (Function func, void* data, Function destroy) : none

This function should almost never be used.

This function should almost never be used. It is meant for private use by
ATK for determining the number of visible children that are removed when the
user collapses a row, or a row is deleted.

Parameters:
Function (TreeView tree_view, TreePath path, gint32 children, void* user_data) : none: Function to be called when a view row is destroyed, or NULL
void* data: User data to be passed to func, or NULL
Function (void* data) : none: Destroy notifier for data, or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_device_enabled (Device device, gboolean enabled) : none

Enables or disables a GdkDevice to interact with widget
and all its children.

Enables or disables a GdkDevice to interact with widget
and all its children.
It does so by descending through the GdkWindow hierarchy
and enabling the same mask that is has for core events
(i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns).

Parameters:
Gdk.Device device Required (not null): a GdkDevice
gboolean enabled Required (not null): whether to enable the device

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_device_events (Device device, EventMask events) : none

Sets the device event mask (see GdkEventMask) for a widget.

Sets the device event mask (see GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
mask determines which events a widget will receive from device. Keep
in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
mask. This function can't be used with GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
to get events on those widgets, place them inside a GtkEventBox
and receive events on the event box.

Parameters:
Gdk.Device device Required (not null): a GdkDevice
Gdk.EventMask events Required (not null): event mask

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_direction (TextDirection dir) : none

Sets the reading direction on a particular widget.

Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
and also the direction in which the children of a container are
packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
let the default reading direction present, except for containers
where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
If the direction is set to GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.

Parameters:
Gtk.TextDirection dir Required (not null): the new direction

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_double_buffered (gboolean double_buffered) : none

Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
to turn off the buffering.

Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
automatically around expose events sent to the
widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
primitives being rendered.
In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
gdk_window_begin_paint()).

Parameters:
gboolean double_buffered Required (not null): TRUE to double-buffer a widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_drag_dest_row (TreePath path, TreeViewDropPosition pos) : none

Sets the row that is highlighted for feedback.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreePath path: The path of the row to highlight, or NULL.
Gtk.TreeViewDropPosition pos Required (not null): Specifies whether to drop before, after or into the row

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_enable_search (gboolean enable_search) : none

If enable_search is set, then the user can type in text to search through
the tree interactively (this is sometimes called "typeahead find").

If enable_search is set, then the user can type in text to search through
the tree interactively (this is sometimes called "typeahead find").
Note that even if this is FALSE, the user can still initiate a search
using the "start-interactive-search" key binding.

Parameters:
gboolean enable_search Required (not null): TRUE, if the user can search interactively

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_enable_tree_lines (gboolean enabled) : none

Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in tree_view.

Sets whether to draw lines interconnecting the expanders in tree_view.
This does not have any visible effects for lists.

Parameters:
gboolean enabled Required (not null): TRUE to enable tree line drawing, FALSE otherwise.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_events (gint32 events) : none

Sets the event mask (see GdkEventMask) for a widget.

Sets the event mask (see GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
mask. This function can't be used with GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
to get events on those widgets, place them inside a GtkEventBox
and receive events on the event box.

Parameters:
gint32 events Required (not null): event mask

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_expander_column (TreeViewColumn column) : none

Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at.

Sets the column to draw the expander arrow at. It must be in tree_view.
If column is NULL, then the expander arrow is always at the first
visible column.
If you do not want expander arrow to appear in your tree, set the
expander column to a hidden column.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Required (not null): NULL, or the column to draw the expander arrow at.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_fixed_height_mode (gboolean enable) : none

Enables or disables the fixed height mode of tree_view.

Enables or disables the fixed height mode of tree_view.
Fixed height mode speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all
rows have the same height.
Only enable this option if all rows are the same height and all
columns are of type GTK_TREE_VIEW_COLUMN_FIXED.

Parameters:
gboolean enable Required (not null): TRUE to enable fixed height mode

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_focus_chain (Array focusable_widgets) : none

Sets a focus chain, overriding the one computed automatically by GTK+.

Sets a focus chain, overriding the one computed automatically by GTK+.
In principle each widget in the chain should be a descendant of the
container, but this is not enforced by this method, since it's allowed
to set the focus chain before you pack the widgets, or have a widget
in the chain that isn't always packed. The necessary checks are done
when the focus chain is actually traversed.

Parameters:
Array focusable_widgets Required (not null): the new focus chain

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

set_focus_child (Widget child) : none

Sets, or unsets if child is NULL, the focused child of container.

Sets, or unsets if child is NULL, the focused child of container.
This function emits the GtkContainer::set_focus_child signal of
default behaviour by overriding the class closure of this signal.
This is function is mostly meant to be used by widgets. Applications can use
gtk_widget_grab_focus() to manualy set the focus to a specific widget.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget child: a GtkWidget, or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

set_focus_hadjustment (Adjustment adjustment) : none

Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child
of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that
widget.

Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a child
of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to show that
widget. This function sets the horizontal alignment.
See gtk_scrolled_window_get_hadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining
the adjustment and gtk_container_set_focus_vadjustment() for setting
the vertical adjustment.
The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate
system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.

Parameters:
Gtk.Adjustment adjustment Required (not null): an adjustment which should be adjusted when the focus is moved among the descendents of container

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

set_focus_vadjustment (Adjustment adjustment) : none

Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a
child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to
show that widget.

Hooks up an adjustment to focus handling in a container, so when a
child of the container is focused, the adjustment is scrolled to
show that widget. This function sets the vertical alignment. See
gtk_scrolled_window_get_vadjustment() for a typical way of obtaining
the adjustment and gtk_container_set_focus_hadjustment() for setting
the horizontal adjustment.
The adjustments have to be in pixel units and in the same coordinate
system as the allocation for immediate children of the container.

Parameters:
Gtk.Adjustment adjustment Required (not null): an adjustment which should be adjusted when the focus is moved among the descendents of container

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

set_grid_lines (TreeViewGridLines grid_lines) : none

Sets which grid lines to draw in tree_view.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeViewGridLines grid_lines Required (not null): a GtkTreeViewGridLines value indicating which grid lines to enable.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_hadjustment (Adjustment adjustment) : none

Sets the GtkAdjustment for the current horizontal aspect.

Parameters:
Gtk.Adjustment adjustment: The GtkAdjustment to set, or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_halign (Align align) : none

Sets the horizontal alignment of widget.

Sets the horizontal alignment of widget.
See the GtkWidget:halign property.

Parameters:
Gtk.Align align Required (not null): the horizontal alignment

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_has_tooltip (gboolean has_tooltip) : none

Sets the has-tooltip property on widget to has_tooltip.

Sets the has-tooltip property on widget to has_tooltip. See
GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.

Parameters:
gboolean has_tooltip Required (not null): whether or not widget has a tooltip.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_has_window (gboolean has_window) : none

Specifies whether widget has a GdkWindow of its own.

Specifies whether widget has a GdkWindow of its own. Note that
all realized widgets have a non-NULL "window" pointer
(gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a NULL window when a widget
is realized), but for many of them it's actually the GdkWindow of
one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a window for
themselves in GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
calling this function with has_window = FALSE.
This function should only be called by widget implementations,
and they should call it in their init() function.

Parameters:
gboolean has_window Required (not null): whether or not widget has a window.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_headers_clickable (gboolean setting) : none

Allow the column title buttons to be clicked.

Parameters:
gboolean setting Required (not null): TRUE if the columns are clickable.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_headers_visible (gboolean headers_visible) : none

Sets the visibility state of the headers.

Parameters:
gboolean headers_visible Required (not null): TRUE if the headers are visible

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_hexpand (gboolean expand) : none

Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
space.

Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
space. When a user resizes a GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
expand.
Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
room.
By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
method on GtkWidget.).
Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
automatic expand behavior.
This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
regardless of children. The override occurs because
gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand
value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.

Parameters:
gboolean expand Required (not null): whether to expand

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_hexpand_set (gboolean set) : none

Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
be used.

Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
be used.
The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
flag.
If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
set, then the expand value depends on whether any
children of the widget would like to expand.
There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
for completeness and consistency.

Parameters:
gboolean set Required (not null): value for hexpand-set property

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_hover_expand (gboolean expand) : none

Enables of disables the hover expansion mode of tree_view.

Enables of disables the hover expansion mode of tree_view.
Hover expansion makes rows expand or collapse if the pointer
moves over them.

Parameters:
gboolean expand Required (not null): TRUE to enable hover selection mode

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_hover_selection (gboolean hover) : none

Enables of disables the hover selection mode of tree_view.

Enables of disables the hover selection mode of tree_view.
Hover selection makes the selected row follow the pointer.
Currently, this works only for the selection modes
GTK_SELECTION_SINGLE and GTK_SELECTION_BROWSE.

Parameters:
gboolean hover Required (not null): TRUE to enable hover selection mode

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_hscroll_policy (ScrollablePolicy policy) : none

Sets the GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether
horizontal scrolling should start below the minimum width or
below the natural width.

Parameters:
Gtk.ScrollablePolicy policy Required (not null): the horizontal GtkScrollablePolicy

Returns:: none

Gtk.Scrollable

set_level_indentation (gint32 indentation) : none

Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in tree_view
in addition to the default indentation.

Sets the amount of extra indentation for child levels to use in tree_view
in addition to the default indentation. The value should be specified in
pixels, a value of 0 disables this feature and in this case only the default
indentation will be used.
This does not have any visible effects for lists.

Parameters:
gint32 indentation Required (not null): the amount, in pixels, of extra indentation in tree_view.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_mapped (gboolean mapped) : none

Marks the widget as being realized.

Marks the widget as being realized.
This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
"map" or "unmap" implementation.

Parameters:
gboolean mapped Required (not null): TRUE to mark the widget as mapped

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_margin_bottom (gint32 margin) : none

Sets the bottom margin of widget.

Sets the bottom margin of widget.
See the GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.

Parameters:
gint32 margin Required (not null): the bottom margin

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_margin_left (gint32 margin) : none

Sets the left margin of widget.

Sets the left margin of widget.
See the GtkWidget:margin-left property.

Parameters:
gint32 margin Required (not null): the left margin

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_margin_right (gint32 margin) : none

Sets the right margin of widget.

Sets the right margin of widget.
See the GtkWidget:margin-right property.

Parameters:
gint32 margin Required (not null): the right margin

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_margin_top (gint32 margin) : none

Sets the top margin of widget.

Sets the top margin of widget.
See the GtkWidget:margin-top property.

Parameters:
gint32 margin Required (not null): the top margin

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_model (TreeModel model) : none

Sets the model for a GtkTreeView.

Sets the model for a GtkTreeView. If the tree_view already has a model
set, it will remove it before setting the new model. If model is NULL,
then it will unset the old model.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeModel model: The model.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_name (String name) : none

Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
CSS file.

Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
same page as the docs for GtkStyleContext).
Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...),
so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name.
Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
suffice.

Parameters:
String name Required (not null): name for the widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_no_show_all (gboolean no_show_all) : none

Sets the GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.

Sets the GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
controlled visibility, see GtkUIManager.

Parameters:
gboolean no_show_all Required (not null): the new value for the "no-show-all" property

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_parent (Widget parent) : none

This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
GtkContainer.

This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
GtkContainer.
Sets the container as the parent of widget, and takes care of
some details such as updating the state and style of the child
to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
gtk_widget_unparent().

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget parent Required (not null): parent container

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_parent_window (Window parent_window) : none

Sets a non default parent window for widget.

Sets a non default parent window for widget.
For GtkWindow classes, setting a parent_window effects whether
the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
widgets.

For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
window is realized.

Parameters:
Gdk.Window parent_window Required (not null): the new parent window.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_realized (gboolean realized) : none

Marks the widget as being realized.

Marks the widget as being realized.
This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
"realize" or "unrealize" implementation.

Parameters:
gboolean realized Required (not null): TRUE to mark the widget as realized

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_reallocate_redraws (gboolean needs_redraws) : none

Sets the reallocate_redraws flag of the container to the given value.

Sets the reallocate_redraws flag of the container to the given value.
Containers requesting reallocation redraws get automatically
redrawn if any of their children changed allocation.

Parameters:
gboolean needs_redraws Required (not null): the new value for the container's reallocate_redraws flag

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

set_receives_default (gboolean receives_default) : none

Specifies whether widget will be treated as the default widget
within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
is the default.

Specifies whether widget will be treated as the default widget
within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
is the default.
See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
"default".

Parameters:
gboolean receives_default Required (not null): whether or not widget can be a default widget.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_redraw_on_allocate (gboolean redraw_on_allocate) : none

Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
allocation changes.

Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
allocation changes. By default, this setting is TRUE and
the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
setting off will improve performance.
Note that for NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to FALSE turns
its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
NO_WINDOW widget that does draw on widget->window,
you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
regions newly when the widget increases size.

Parameters:
gboolean redraw_on_allocate Required (not null): if TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the new portion of the widget will be redrawn.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_reorderable (gboolean reorderable) : none

This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder
models that support the GtkDragSourceIface and the
GtkDragDestIface.

This function is a convenience function to allow you to reorder
models that support the GtkDragSourceIface and the
GtkDragDestIface. Both GtkTreeStore and GtkListStore support
these. If reorderable is TRUE, then the user can reorder the
model by dragging and dropping rows. The developer can listen to
these changes by connecting to the model's row_inserted and
row_deleted signals. The reordering is implemented by setting up
the tree view as a drag source and destination. Therefore, drag and
drop can not be used in a reorderable view for any other purpose.
This function does not give you any degree of control over the order -- any
reordering is allowed. If more control is needed, you should probably
handle drag and drop manually.

Parameters:
gboolean reorderable Required (not null): TRUE, if the tree can be reordered.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_resize_mode (ResizeMode resize_mode) : none

Sets the resize mode for the container.

Sets the resize mode for the container.
The resize mode of a container determines whether a resize request
will be passed to the container's parent, queued for later execution
or executed immediately.

Parameters:
Gtk.ResizeMode resize_mode Required (not null): the new resize mode

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

set_row_separator_func (Function func, void* data, Function destroy) : none

Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine
whether a row should be drawn as a separator.

Sets the row separator function, which is used to determine
whether a row should be drawn as a separator. If the row separator
function is NULL, no separators are drawn. This is the default value.

Parameters:
Function (TreeModel model, TreeIter iter, void* data) : none: a GtkTreeViewRowSeparatorFunc
void* data: user data to pass to func, or NULL
Function (void* data) : none: destroy notifier for data, or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_rubber_banding (gboolean enable) : none

Enables or disables rubber banding in tree_view.

Enables or disables rubber banding in tree_view. If the selection mode
is GTK_SELECTION_MULTIPLE, rubber banding will allow the user to select
multiple rows by dragging the mouse.

Parameters:
gboolean enable Required (not null): TRUE to enable rubber banding

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_rules_hint (gboolean setting) : none

This function tells GTK+ that the user interface for your
application requires users to read across tree rows and associate
cells with one another.

This function tells GTK+ that the user interface for your
application requires users to read across tree rows and associate
cells with one another. By default, GTK+ will then render the tree
with alternating row colors. Do not use it
just because you prefer the appearance of the ruled tree; that's a
question for the theme. Some themes will draw tree rows in
alternating colors even when rules are turned off, and users who
prefer that appearance all the time can choose those themes. You
should call this function only as a semantic
hint to the theme engine that your tree makes alternating colors
useful from a functional standpoint (since it has lots of columns,
generally).

Parameters:
gboolean setting Required (not null): TRUE if the tree requires reading across rows

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_search_column (gint32 column) : none

Sets column as the column where the interactive search code should
search in for the current model.

Sets column as the column where the interactive search code should
search in for the current model.
If the search column is set, users can use the "start-interactive-search"
key binding to bring up search popup. The enable-search property controls
whether simply typing text will also start an interactive search.
Note that column refers to a column of the current model. The search
column is reset to -1 when the model is changed.

Parameters:
gint32 column Required (not null): the column of the model to search in, or -1 to disable searching

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_search_entry (Entry entry) : none

Sets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this
in our interface at all time at a fixed position.

Sets the entry which the interactive search code will use for this
in our interface at all time at a fixed position. Passing NULL for
entry again.

Parameters:
Gtk.Entry entry: the entry the interactive search code of tree_view should use or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_search_equal_func (Function search_equal_func, void* search_user_data, Function search_destroy) : none

Sets the compare function for the interactive search capabilities; note
that somewhat like strcmp() returning 0 for equality
GtkTreeViewSearchEqualFunc returns FALSE on matches.

Parameters:
Function (TreeModel model, gint32 column, String key, TreeIter iter, void* search_data) : none Required (not null): the compare function to use during the search
void* search_user_data: user data to pass to search_equal_func, or NULL
Function (void* data) : none: Destroy notifier for search_user_data, or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_search_position_func (Function func, void* data, Function destroy) : none

Sets the function to use when positioning the search dialog.

Parameters:
Function (TreeView tree_view, Widget search_dialog, void* user_data) : none: the function to use to position the search dialog, or NULL to use the default search position function
void* data: user data to pass to func, or NULL
Function (void* data) : none: Destroy notifier for data, or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_sensitive (gboolean sensitive) : none

Sets the sensitivity of a widget.

Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
"inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.

Parameters:
gboolean sensitive Required (not null): TRUE to make the widget sensitive

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_show_expanders (gboolean enabled) : none

Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in
and there will be no way to expand and collapse rows by default.

Sets whether to draw and enable expanders and indent child rows in
and there will be no way to expand and collapse rows by default. Also
note that hiding the expanders will disable the default indentation. You
can set a custom indentation in this case using
gtk_tree_view_set_level_indentation().
This does not have any visible effects for lists.

Parameters:
gboolean enabled Required (not null): TRUE to enable expander drawing, FALSE otherwise.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_size_request (gint32 width, gint32 height) : none

Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
request will be width by height.

Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
request will be width by height. You can use this function to
force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
would be.
In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
request. When dealing with window sizes,
gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
correct.
The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
space than it requested.
If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
The size request set here does not include any margin from the
GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
or border properties set by any subclass of GtkWidget.

Parameters:
gint32 width Required (not null): width widget should request, or -1 to unset
gint32 height Required (not null): height widget should request, or -1 to unset

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_state (StateType state) : none

This function is for use in widget implementations.

This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().

Parameters:
Gtk.StateType state Required (not null): new state for widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_state_flags (StateFlags flags, gboolean clear) : none

This function is for use in widget implementations.

This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
It is worth mentioning that any other state than GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
will be propagated down to all non-internal children if widget is a
GtkContainer, while GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
down to all GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.

Parameters:
Gtk.StateFlags flags Required (not null): State flags to turn on
gboolean clear Required (not null): Whether to clear state before turning on flags

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_style (Style style) : none

Used to set the GtkStyle for a widget (widget->style).

Used to set the GtkStyle for a widget (widget->style). Since
GTK 3, this function does nothing, the passed in style is ignored.

Parameters:
Gtk.Style style: a GtkStyle, or NULL to remove the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_support_multidevice (gboolean support_multidevice) : none

Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness.

Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is TRUE,
that if custom GdkWindows are created in GtkWidget::realize,
gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.

Parameters:
gboolean support_multidevice Required (not null): TRUE to support input from multiple devices.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_tooltip_cell (Tooltip tooltip, TreePath path, TreeViewColumn column, CellRenderer cell) : none

Sets the tip area of tooltip to the area path, column and cell have
in common.

Sets the tip area of tooltip to the area path, column and cell have
in common. For example if path is NULL and column is set, the tip
area will be set to the full area covered by column. See also
gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().
Note that if path is not specified and cell is set and part of a column
containing the expander, the tooltip might not show and hide at the correct
position. In such cases path must be set to the current node under the
mouse cursor for this function to operate correctly.
See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.

Parameters:
Gtk.Tooltip tooltip Required (not null): a GtkTooltip
Gtk.TreePath path: a GtkTreePath or NULL
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column: a GtkTreeViewColumn or NULL
Gtk.CellRenderer cell: a GtkCellRenderer or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_tooltip_column (gint32 column) : none

If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you
can use this function to have GtkTreeView handle these automatically
for you.

If you only plan to have simple (text-only) tooltips on full rows, you
can use this function to have GtkTreeView handle these automatically
for you. column should be set to the column in tree_view's model
containing the tooltip texts, or -1 to disable this feature.
When enabled, GtkWidget::has-tooltip will be set to TRUE and
Note that the signal handler sets the text with gtk_tooltip_set_markup(),
so &, <, etc have to be escaped in the text.

Parameters:
gint32 column Required (not null): an integer, which is a valid column number for tree_view's model

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_tooltip_markup (String markup) : none

Sets markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
the Pango text markup language.

Sets markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
the Pango text markup language.
This function will take care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to TRUE
and of the default handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
gtk_tooltip_set_markup().

Parameters:
String markup: the contents of the tooltip for widget, or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_tooltip_row (Tooltip tooltip, TreePath path) : none

Sets the tip area of tooltip to be the area covered by the row at path.

Sets the tip area of tooltip to be the area covered by the row at path.
See also gtk_tree_view_set_tooltip_column() for a simpler alternative.
See also gtk_tooltip_set_tip_area().

Parameters:
Gtk.Tooltip tooltip Required (not null): a GtkTooltip
Gtk.TreePath path Required (not null): a GtkTreePath

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_tooltip_text (String text) : none

Sets text as the contents of the tooltip.

Sets text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
care of setting GtkWidget:has-tooltip to TRUE and of the default
handler for the GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
See also the GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().

Parameters:
String text Required (not null): the contents of the tooltip for widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_tooltip_window (Window custom_window) : none

Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
tooltips with custom_window.

Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
tooltips with custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
hiding custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
the default tooltip window. If custom_window is NULL, the default
tooltip window will be used.
If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().

Parameters:
Gtk.Window custom_window: a GtkWindow, or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_vadjustment (Adjustment adjustment) : none

Sets the GtkAdjustment for the current vertical aspect.

Parameters:
Gtk.Adjustment adjustment: The GtkAdjustment to set, or NULL

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

set_valign (Align align) : none

Sets the vertical alignment of widget.

Sets the vertical alignment of widget.
See the GtkWidget:valign property.

Parameters:
Gtk.Align align Required (not null): the vertical alignment

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_vexpand (gboolean expand) : none

Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
space.

Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
space.
See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.

Parameters:
gboolean expand Required (not null): whether to expand

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_vexpand_set (gboolean set) : none

Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
be used.

Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
be used.
See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.

Parameters:
gboolean set Required (not null): value for vexpand-set property

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_visible (gboolean visible) : none

Sets the visibility state of widget.

Sets the visibility state of widget. Note that setting this to
TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
gtk_widget_get_visible().
This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
some condition.

Parameters:
gboolean visible Required (not null): whether the widget should be shown or not

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_visual (Visual visual) : none

Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
creating GdkWindows.

Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
creating GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same GdkScreen as
returned by gdk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
Setting a new visual will not cause widget to recreate its windows,
so you should call this function before widget is realized.

Parameters:
Gdk.Visual visual Required (not null): visual to be used or NULL to unset a previous one

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

set_vscroll_policy (ScrollablePolicy policy) : none

Sets the GtkScrollablePolicy to determine whether
vertical scrolling should start below the minimum height or
below the natural height.

Parameters:
Gtk.ScrollablePolicy policy Required (not null): the vertical GtkScrollablePolicy

Returns:: none

Gtk.Scrollable

set_window (Window window) : none

Sets a widget's window.

Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
widget's GtkWidget::realize implementation. The window passed is
usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
window of its parent widget as returned by
gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own GdkWindow
by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
widget's init() function.
This function does not add any reference to window.

Parameters:
Gdk.Window window Required (not null): a GdkWindow

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

shape_combine_region (Region region) : none

Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window.

Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
for more information.

Parameters:
cairo.Region region: shape to be added, or NULL to remove an existing shape

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

show () : none

Flags a widget to be displayed.

Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
toplevel container is realized and mapped.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

show_all () : none

Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
a container).

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

show_now () : none

Shows a widget.

Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
(i.e. a GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
this function.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

size_allocate (RectangleInt allocation) : none

This function is only used by GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
and position to their child widgets.

This function is only used by GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
and position to their child widgets.
In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the
widget's GtkWidget:halign and GtkWidget:valign properties.

Parameters:
cairo.RectangleInt allocation Required (not null): position and size to be allocated to widget

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

size_request () : Gtk.Requisition

This function is typically used when implementing a GtkContainer
subclass.

This function is typically used when implementing a GtkContainer
subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
You can also call this function from an application, with some
caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
a widget will actually be allocated.

Returns:: Gtk.Requisition

Gtk.Widget

style_attach () : none

This function attaches the widget's GtkStyle to the widget's
GdkWindow.

This function attaches the widget's GtkStyle to the widget's
GdkWindow. It is a replacement for

widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);

and should only ever be called in a derived widget's "realize"
implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
"realize" implementation, because one of the parent classes
(finally GtkWidget) would attach the style itself.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

style_get_property (String property_name, Value value) : none

Gets the value of a style property of widget.

Parameters:
String property_name Required (not null): the name of a style property
GObject.Value value Required (not null): location to return the property value

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

thaw_child_notify () : none

Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().

Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
This causes all queued GtkWidget::child-notify signals on widget to be
emitted.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

translate_coordinates (Widget dest_widget, gint32 src_x, gint32 src_y, Object out_values) : gboolean

Translate coordinates relative to src_widget's allocation to coordinates
relative to dest_widget's allocations.

Translate coordinates relative to src_widget's allocation to coordinates
relative to dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
toplevel.
was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
*dest_x and *dest_y. Otherwise TRUE.

Parameters:

Gtk.Widget dest_widget Required (not null)

a GtkWidget

gint32 src_x Required (not null)

X position relative to src_widget

gint32 src_y Required (not null)

Y position relative to src_widget

Object out_values

gint32 dest_x
gint32 dest_y

Returns:: gboolean FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there

Gtk.Widget

trigger_tooltip_query () : none

Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of widget
is located.

Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of widget
is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
information.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

unmap () : none

This function is only for use in widget implementations.

This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

unparent () : none

This function is only for use in widget implementations.

This function is only for use in widget implementations.
Should be called by implementations of the remove method
on GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

unrealize () : none

This function is only useful in widget implementations.

This function is only useful in widget implementations.
Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
associated with the widget, such as widget->window).

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

unset_focus_chain () : none

Removes a focus chain explicitly set with gtk_container_set_focus_chain().

Returns:: none

Gtk.Container

unset_rows_drag_dest () : none

Undoes the effect of
gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest().

Undoes the effect of
gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_dest(). Calling this method sets
GtkTreeView:reorderable to FALSE.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

unset_rows_drag_source () : none

Undoes the effect of
gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source().

Undoes the effect of
gtk_tree_view_enable_model_drag_source(). Calling this method sets
GtkTreeView:reorderable to FALSE.

Returns:: none

Gtk.TreeView

unset_state_flags (StateFlags flags) : none

This function is for use in widget implementations.

This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().

Parameters:
Gtk.StateFlags flags Required (not null): State flags to turn off

Returns:: none

Gtk.Widget

Events - usage syntax: this.signals.EVENTNAME.connect( Function )
Event	Defined By
	accel_closures_changed (Widget *self) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	add (Container *self, Widget object) : none Parameters: Gtk.Container self* Gtk.Widget object Returns: {none}	Gtk.Container
	button_press_event (Widget *self, EventButton event) : gboolean The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button (typically from a mouse) is pressed. The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button (typically from a mouse) is pressed. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventButton event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	button_release_event (Widget *self, EventButton event) : gboolean The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button (typically from a mouse) is released. The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button (typically from a mouse) is released. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventButton event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	can_activate_accel (Widget *self, guint32 signal_id) : gboolean Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified by signal_id* can currently be activated. Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal identified by signal_id can currently be activated. This signal is present to allow applications and derived widgets to override the default GtkWidget handling for determining whether an accelerator can be activated. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self guint32 signal_id Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	check_resize (Container *self) : none Parameters: Gtk.Container self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Container
	child_added (Container *self, Widget object) : none Parameters: Gtk.Container self* Gtk.Widget object Returns: {none}	Gtk.Container
	child_removed (Container *self, Widget object) : none Parameters: Gtk.Container self* Gtk.Widget object Returns: {none}	Gtk.Container
	columns_changed (TreeView *self) : none The number of columns of the treeview has changed. The number of columns of the treeview has changed. Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.TreeView
	composited_changed (Widget *self) : none The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited status of widgets screen changes. The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited status of widgets screen changes. See gdk_screen_is_composited(). Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	configure_event (Widget *self, EventConfigure event) : gboolean The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or stacking of the widget's window has changed. The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or stacking of the widget's window has changed. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask automatically for all new windows. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventConfigure event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	cursor_changed (TreeView *self) : none The position of the cursor (focused cell) has changed. The position of the cursor (focused cell) has changed. Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.TreeView
	damage_event (Widget *self, EventExpose event) : gboolean Emitted when a redirected window belonging to widget* gets drawn into. Emitted when a redirected window belonging to widget gets drawn into. The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected drawable was drawn into. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventExpose event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	delete_event (Widget *self, Event event) : gboolean The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that a toplevel window is closed. The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that it can later be shown again without reconstructing it. FALSE* to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.Event event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	destroy (Widget *self) : none Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release the reference that they hold. Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget if all references are released. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	destroy_event (Widget *self, Event event) : gboolean The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a GdkWindow* is destroyed. The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a GdkWindow is destroyed. You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the window at destroy time. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask automatically for all new windows. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.Event event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	direction_changed (Widget *self, TextDirection previous_direction) : none The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction of a widget changes. The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction of a widget changes. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.TextDirection previous_direction Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	drag_begin (Widget *self, DragContext drag_context) : none The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is started. The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon(). Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to override what the default handler did. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gdk.DragContext drag_context Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	drag_data_delete (Widget *self, DragContext drag_context) : none The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag with the action GDK_ACTION_MOVE* is successfully completed. The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag with the action GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.DragContext drag_context Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	drag_data_get (Widget *self, DragContext drag_context, SelectionData data, guint32 info, guint32 time) : none The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop site requests the data which is dragged. The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of the signal handler to fill data* with the data in the format which is indicated by info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and gtk_selection_data_set_text(). Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.DragContext drag_context Gtk.SelectionData data guint32 info guint32 time Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	drag_data_received (Widget *self, DragContext drag_context, gint32 x, gint32 y, SelectionData data, guint32 info, guint32 time) : none The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the dragged data has been received. The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected to call gdk_drag_status() and not finish the drag. If the data was received in response to a GtkWidget::drag-drop signal (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this signal is expected to process the received data and then call gtk_drag_finish(), setting the success* parameter depending on whether the data was processed successfully. The handler may inspect and modify drag_context->action before calling gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the following example: \|[ void drag_data_received (GtkWidget widget, GdkDragContext drag_context, gint x, gint y, GtkSelectionData data, guint info, guint time) { if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8)) { if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK) { GtkWidget dialog; gint response; dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL, GTK_DIALOG_MODAL \| GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT, GTK_MESSAGE_INFO, GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO, "Move the data ?\n"); response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog)); gtk_widget_destroy (dialog); if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES) drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE; else drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY; } gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time); return; } gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time); } ]\| Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.DragContext drag_context gint32 x gint32 y Gtk.SelectionData data guint32 info guint32 time Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	drag_drop (Widget *self, DragContext drag_context, gint32 x, gint32 y, guint32 time) : gboolean The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops the data onto the widget. The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop zone, it returns FALSE* and no further processing is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns TRUE. In this case, the handler must ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either directly or in a GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one or more of the supported targets. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.DragContext drag_context gint32 x gint32 y guint32 time Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	drag_end (Widget *self, DragContext drag_context) : none The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is finished. The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo things done in GtkWidget::drag-begin. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gdk.DragContext drag_context Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	drag_failed (Widget *self, DragContext drag_context, DragResult result) : gboolean The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has failed. The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND operation based on the type of error, it returns TRUE* is the failure has been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed" animation), otherwise it returns FALSE. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.DragContext drag_context Gtk.DragResult result Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	drag_leave (Widget *self, DragContext drag_context, guint32 time) : none The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor leaves the widget. The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo things done in GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting with gtk_drag_unhighlight() Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gdk.DragContext drag_context guint32 time Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	drag_motion (Widget *self, DragContext drag_context, gint32 x, gint32 y, guint32 time) : gboolean The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop zone, it returns FALSE* and no further processing is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns TRUE. In this case, the handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status(). If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler. Note that you cannot not pass GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP, GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set() when using the drag-motion signal that way. Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the last GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight(). \|[ static void drag_motion (GtkWidget widget, GdkDragContext context, gint x, gint y, guint time) { GdkAtom target; PrivateData private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget); if (!private_data->drag_highlight) { private_data->drag_highlight = 1; gtk_drag_highlight (widget); } target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL); if (target == GDK_NONE) gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time); else { private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action; gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time); } return TRUE; } static void drag_data_received (GtkWidget widget, GdkDragContext context, gint x, gint y, GtkSelectionData selection_data, guint info, guint time) { PrivateData private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget); if (private_data->suggested_action) { private_data->suggested_action = 0; / We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion, * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just * supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in * the data. / str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data); if (!data_is_acceptable (str)) gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time); else gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time); } else { / accept the drop / } } ]\| Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gdk.DragContext drag_context gint32 x gint32 y guint32 time Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	draw (Widget *self, Context cr) : gboolean This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself. This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself. The widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and gtk_widget_get_allocated_height(). Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo context passed as cr in any way they like and don't need to restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save() before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* cairo.Context cr Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	enter_notify_event (Widget *self, EventCrossing event) : gboolean The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters the widget's window. The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters the widget's window. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventCrossing event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	event (Widget *self, Event event) : gboolean The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g. The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g. GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic GtkWidget::event-after signal. and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal. FALSE* to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of the return value. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.Event event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	event_after (Widget *self, Event event) : none After the emission of the GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally) the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values. After the emission of the GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally) the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gdk.Event event Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	expand_collapse_cursor_row (TreeView *self, gboolean object, gboolean p0, gboolean p1) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* gboolean object gboolean p0 gboolean p1 Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.TreeView
	focus (Widget *self, DirectionType returns) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.DirectionType returns Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	focus_in_event (Widget *self, EventFocus event) : gboolean The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus enters the widget's window. The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus enters the widget's window. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventFocus event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	focus_out_event (Widget *self, EventFocus event) : gboolean The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus leaves the widget's window. The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus leaves the widget's window. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventFocus event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	grab_broken_event (Widget *self, EventGrabBroken event) : gboolean Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging to widget* gets broken. Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging to widget gets broken. On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same application grabs the pointer or keyboard again. the event. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventGrabBroken event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	grab_focus (Widget *self) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	grab_notify (Widget *self, gboolean was_grabbed) : none The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab being removed. The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab being removed. A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not its ancestor. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* gboolean was_grabbed Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	hide (Widget *self) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	hierarchy_changed (Widget *self, Widget previous_toplevel) : none The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the anchored state of a widget changes. The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is anchored when its toplevel ancestor is a GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.Widget previous_toplevel Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	key_press_event (Widget *self, EventKey event) : gboolean The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventKey event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	key_release_event (Widget *self, EventKey event) : gboolean The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released. The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventKey event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	keynav_failed (Widget *self, DirectionType direction) : gboolean Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails. Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails. See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details. if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard navigation attempt in its parent container(s). Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.DirectionType direction Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	leave_notify_event (Widget *self, EventCrossing event) : gboolean The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves the widget's window. The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves the widget's window. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventCrossing event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	map (Widget *self) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	map_event (Widget *self, EventAny event) : gboolean The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the widget's window is mapped. The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the widget's window is mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask automatically for all new windows. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventAny event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	mnemonic_activate (Widget *self, gboolean object) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* gboolean object Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	motion_notify_event (Widget *self, EventMotion event) : gboolean The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves over the widget's GdkWindow. The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves over the widget's GdkWindow. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventMotion event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	move_cursor (TreeView *self, MovementStep object, gint32 p0) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Gtk.MovementStep object gint32 p0 Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.TreeView
	move_focus (Widget *self, DirectionType object) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.DirectionType object Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	parent_set (Widget *self, Widget old_parent) : none The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent has been set on a widget. The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent has been set on a widget. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.Widget old_parent Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	popup_menu (Widget *self) : gboolean This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context menu. This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism; by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the GtkEntry* widget creates a menu with clipboard commands. See for an example of how to use this signal. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	property_notify_event (Widget *self, EventProperty event) : gboolean The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on the widget's window has been changed or deleted. The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on the widget's window has been changed or deleted. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventProperty event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	proximity_in_event (Widget *self, EventProximity event) : gboolean To receive this signal the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask. To receive this signal the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventProximity event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	proximity_out_event (Widget *self, EventProximity event) : gboolean To receive this signal the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask. To receive this signal the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventProximity event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	query_tooltip (Widget *self, gint32 x, gint32 y, gboolean keyboard_mode, Tooltip tooltip) : gboolean Emitted when GtkWidget:has-tooltip is TRUE* and the GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout has expired with the cursor hovering "above" widget; or emitted when widget got focus in keyboard mode. Emitted when GtkWidget:has-tooltip is TRUE and the GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout has expired with the cursor hovering "above" widget; or emitted when widget got focus in keyboard mode. Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine whether a tooltip should be shown for widget. If this is the case TRUE should be returned, FALSE otherwise. Note that if should not be used. The signal handler is free to manipulate tooltip with the therefore destined function calls. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self gint32 x gint32 y gboolean keyboard_mode Gtk.Tooltip tooltip Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	realize (Widget *self) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	remove (Container *self, Widget object) : none Parameters: Gtk.Container self* Gtk.Widget object Returns: {none}	Gtk.Container
	row_activated (TreeView *self, TreePath path, TreeViewColumn column) : none The "row-activated" signal is emitted when the method gtk_tree_view_row_activated() is called or the user double clicks a treeview row. The "row-activated" signal is emitted when the method gtk_tree_view_row_activated() is called or the user double clicks a treeview row. It is also emitted when a non-editable row is Enter is pressed. For selection handling refer to the tree widget conceptual overview as well as GtkTreeSelection. Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Gtk.TreePath path Gtk.TreeViewColumn column Returns: {none}	Gtk.TreeView
	row_collapsed (TreeView *self, TreeIter iter, TreePath path) : none The given row has been collapsed (child nodes are hidden). The given row has been collapsed (child nodes are hidden). Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Gtk.TreeIter iter Gtk.TreePath path Returns: {none}	Gtk.TreeView
	row_expanded (TreeView *self, TreeIter iter, TreePath path) : none The given row has been expanded (child nodes are shown). The given row has been expanded (child nodes are shown). Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Gtk.TreeIter iter Gtk.TreePath path Returns: {none}	Gtk.TreeView
	screen_changed (Widget *self, Screen previous_screen) : none The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the screen of a widget has changed. The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the screen of a widget has changed. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gdk.Screen previous_screen Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	scroll_event (Widget *self, EventScroll event) : gboolean The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7 range is pressed. The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7 range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask. This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventScroll event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	select_all (TreeView *self) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.TreeView
	select_cursor_parent (TreeView *self) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.TreeView
	select_cursor_row (TreeView *self, gboolean object) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* gboolean object Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.TreeView
	selection_clear_event (Widget *self, EventSelection event) : gboolean The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the the widget's window has lost ownership of a selection. The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the the widget's window has lost ownership of a selection. FALSE* to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventSelection event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	selection_get (Widget *self, SelectionData object, guint32 p0, guint32 p1) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.SelectionData object guint32 p0 guint32 p1 Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	selection_notify_event (Widget *self, EventSelection event) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gdk.EventSelection event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	selection_received (Widget *self, SelectionData object, guint32 p0) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.SelectionData object guint32 p0 Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	selection_request_event (Widget *self, EventSelection event) : gboolean The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when another client requests ownership of the selection owned by the widget's window. The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when another client requests ownership of the selection owned by the widget's window. FALSE* to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventSelection event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	set_focus_child (Container *self, Widget object) : none Parameters: Gtk.Container self* Gtk.Widget object Returns: {none}	Gtk.Container
	show (Widget *self) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	show_help (Widget *self, WidgetHelpType object) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.WidgetHelpType object Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	start_interactive_search (TreeView *self) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.TreeView
	state_changed (Widget *self, StateType state) : none The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes. The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes. See gtk_widget_get_state(). Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.StateType state Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	state_flags_changed (Widget *self, StateFlags flags) : none The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags(). The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags(). Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Gtk.StateFlags flags Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	style_set (Widget *self, Style previous_style) : none The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set on a widget. The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted. Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated GtkStyle. To track changes to the GtkStyleContext* associated with a widget, use the GtkWidget::style-updated signal. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gtk.Style previous_style Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	style_updated (Widget *self) : none The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the GtkStyleContext* of a widget is changed. The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the GtkStyleContext of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	test_collapse_row (TreeView *self, TreeIter iter, TreePath path) : gboolean The given row is about to be collapsed (hide its children nodes). The given row is about to be collapsed (hide its children nodes). Use this signal if you need to control the collapsibility of individual rows. Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Gtk.TreeIter iter Gtk.TreePath path Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.TreeView
	test_expand_row (TreeView *self, TreeIter iter, TreePath path) : gboolean The given row is about to be expanded (show its children nodes). The given row is about to be expanded (show its children nodes). Use this signal if you need to control the expandability of individual rows. Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Gtk.TreeIter iter Gtk.TreePath path Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.TreeView
	toggle_cursor_row (TreeView *self) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.TreeView
	unmap (Widget *self) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	unmap_event (Widget *self, EventAny event) : gboolean The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the widget's window is unmapped. The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the widget's window is unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen. To receive this signal, the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask automatically for all new windows. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventAny event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	unrealize (Widget *self) : none Parameters: Gtk.Widget self* Returns: {none}	Gtk.Widget
	unselect_all (TreeView *self) : gboolean Parameters: Gtk.TreeView self* Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.TreeView
	visibility_notify_event (Widget *self, EventVisibility event) : gboolean The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the widget's window is obscured or unobscured. The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the widget's window is obscured or unobscured. To receive this signal the GdkWindow* associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventVisibility event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget
	window_state_event (Widget *self, EventWindowState event) : gboolean The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the toplevel window associated to the widget* changes. The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the toplevel window associated to the widget changes. To receive this signal the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs to enable the GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask automatically for all new windows. event. FALSE to propagate the event further. Parameters: Gtk.Widget self Gdk.EventWindowState event Returns: {gboolean}	Gtk.Widget

Events - usage syntax: this.signals.EVENTNAME.connect( Function )

Event

Defined By

accel_closures_changed (Widget self) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

add (Container self, Widget object) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Container self
Gtk.Widget object

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Container

button_press_event (Widget self, EventButton event) : gboolean

The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
(typically from a mouse) is pressed.

The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
(typically from a mouse) is pressed.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the
widget needs to enable the GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventButton event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

button_release_event (Widget self, EventButton event) : gboolean

The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
(typically from a mouse) is released.

The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
(typically from a mouse) is released.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the
widget needs to enable the GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventButton event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

can_activate_accel (Widget self, guint32 signal_id) : gboolean

Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
identified by signal_id can currently be activated.

Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
identified by signal_id can currently be activated.
This signal is present to allow applications and derived
widgets to override the default GtkWidget handling
for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
guint32 signal_id

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

check_resize (Container self) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Container self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Container

child_added (Container self, Widget object) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Container self
Gtk.Widget object

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Container

child_removed (Container self, Widget object) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Container self
Gtk.Widget object

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Container

columns_changed (TreeView self) : none

The number of columns of the treeview has changed.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.TreeView

composited_changed (Widget self) : none

The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
status of widgets screen changes.

The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
status of widgets screen changes.
See gdk_screen_is_composited().

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

configure_event (Widget self, EventConfigure event) : gboolean

The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
stacking of the widget's window has changed.

The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
stacking of the widget's window has changed.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
automatically for all new windows.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventConfigure event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

cursor_changed (TreeView self) : none

The position of the cursor (focused cell) has changed.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.TreeView

damage_event (Widget self, EventExpose event) : gboolean

Emitted when a redirected window belonging to widget gets drawn into.

Emitted when a redirected window belonging to widget gets drawn into.
The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
drawable was drawn into.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventExpose event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

delete_event (Widget self, Event event) : gboolean

The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
a toplevel window is closed.

The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.Event event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

destroy (Widget self) : none

Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
the reference that they hold.

Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
if all references are released.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

destroy_event (Widget self, Event event) : gboolean

The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a GdkWindow is destroyed.

The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a GdkWindow is destroyed.
You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
window at destroy time.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
automatically for all new windows.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.Event event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

direction_changed (Widget self, TextDirection previous_direction) : none

The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
of a widget changes.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.TextDirection previous_direction

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

drag_begin (Widget self, DragContext drag_context) : none

The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
started.

The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon().
Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
override what the default handler did.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.DragContext drag_context

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

drag_data_delete (Widget self, DragContext drag_context) : none

The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
with the action GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed.

The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
with the action GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
"delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.DragContext drag_context

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

drag_data_get (Widget self, DragContext drag_context, SelectionData data, guint32 info, guint32 time) : none

The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
site requests the data which is dragged.

The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
the signal handler to fill data with the data in the format which
is indicated by info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
gtk_selection_data_set_text().

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.DragContext drag_context
Gtk.SelectionData data
guint32 info
guint32 time

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

drag_data_received (Widget self, DragContext drag_context, gint32 x, gint32 y, SelectionData data, guint32 info, guint32 time) : none

The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
dragged data has been received.

The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
to call gdk_drag_status() and not finish the drag.
If the data was received in response to a GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
(and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
signal is expected to process the received data and then call
gtk_drag_finish(), setting the success parameter depending on whether
the data was processed successfully.
The handler may inspect and modify drag_context->action before calling
gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the
following example:
|[
void
drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDragContext *drag_context,
gint x,
gint y,
GtkSelectionData *data,
guint info,
guint time)
{
if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
{
if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
{
GtkWidget *dialog;
gint response;
dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
GTK_MESSAGE_INFO,
GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
"Move the data ?\n");
response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
else
drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
}
gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time);
return;
}
gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
}
]|

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.DragContext drag_context
gint32 x
gint32 y
Gtk.SelectionData data
guint32 info
guint32 time

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

drag_drop (Widget self, DragContext drag_context, gint32 x, gint32 y, guint32 time) : gboolean

The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
the data onto the widget.

The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
zone, it returns FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
Otherwise, the handler returns TRUE. In this case, the handler must
ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
directly or in a GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
or more of the supported targets.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.DragContext drag_context
gint32 x
gint32 y
guint32 time

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

drag_end (Widget self, DragContext drag_context) : none

The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
finished.

The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
things done in GtkWidget::drag-begin.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.DragContext drag_context

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

drag_failed (Widget self, DragContext drag_context, DragResult result) : gboolean

The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
failed.

The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
operation based on the type of error, it returns TRUE is the failure has
been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
animation), otherwise it returns FALSE.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.DragContext drag_context
Gtk.DragResult result

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

drag_leave (Widget self, DragContext drag_context, guint32 time) : none

The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
leaves the widget.

The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
undo things done in GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
with gtk_drag_unhighlight()

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.DragContext drag_context
guint32 time

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

drag_motion (Widget self, DragContext drag_context, gint32 x, gint32 y, guint32 time) : gboolean

The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
moves the cursor over the widget during a drag.

The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
If it is not in a drop zone, it returns FALSE and no further processing
is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns TRUE. In this case, the
handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the GtkWidget::drag-data-received
handler. Note that you cannot not pass GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
when using the drag-motion signal that way.
Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
last GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
|[
static void
drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDragContext *context,
gint x,
gint y,
guint time)
{
GdkAtom target;
PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
{
private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
}
target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
if (target == GDK_NONE)
gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
else
{
private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action;
gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
}
return TRUE;
}
static void
drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDragContext *context,
gint x,
gint y,
GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
guint info,
guint time)
{
PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
if (private_data->suggested_action)
{
private_data->suggested_action = 0;
/* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
* rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
* supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in
* the data.
*/
str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
else
gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
}
else
{
/* accept the drop */
}
}
]|

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.DragContext drag_context
gint32 x
gint32 y
guint32 time

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

draw (Widget self, Context cr) : gboolean

This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.

This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
The widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
context passed as cr in any way they like and don't need to
restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
cairo.Context cr

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

enter_notify_event (Widget self, EventCrossing event) : gboolean

The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
the widget's window.

The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
the widget's window.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventCrossing event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

event (Widget self, Event event) : gboolean

The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.

The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
GtkWidget::event-after signal.
and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
the return value.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.Event event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

event_after (Widget self, Event event) : none

After the emission of the GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.Event event

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

expand_collapse_cursor_row (TreeView self, gboolean object, gboolean p0, gboolean p1) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self
gboolean object
gboolean p0
gboolean p1

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.TreeView

focus (Widget self, DirectionType returns) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.DirectionType returns

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

focus_in_event (Widget self, EventFocus event) : gboolean

The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
enters the widget's window.

The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
enters the widget's window.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventFocus event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

focus_out_event (Widget self, EventFocus event) : gboolean

The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
leaves the widget's window.

The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
leaves the widget's window.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventFocus event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

grab_broken_event (Widget self, EventGrabBroken event) : gboolean

Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
to widget gets broken.

Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
to widget gets broken.
On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
(i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
the event. FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventGrabBroken event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

grab_focus (Widget self) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

grab_notify (Widget self, gboolean was_grabbed) : none

The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
being removed.

The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
being removed.
A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
its ancestor.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
gboolean was_grabbed

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

hide (Widget self) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

hierarchy_changed (Widget self, Widget previous_toplevel) : none

The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
anchored state of a widget changes.

The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
anchored when its toplevel
ancestor is a GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.Widget previous_toplevel

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

key_press_event (Widget self, EventKey event) : gboolean

The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.

The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventKey event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

key_release_event (Widget self, EventKey event) : gboolean

The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.

The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventKey event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

keynav_failed (Widget self, DirectionType direction) : gboolean

Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.

Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
navigation attempt in its parent container(s).

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.DirectionType direction

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

leave_notify_event (Widget self, EventCrossing event) : gboolean

The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
the widget's window.

The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
the widget's window.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventCrossing event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

map (Widget self) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

map_event (Widget self, EventAny event) : gboolean

The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the widget's window is
mapped.

The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the widget's window is
mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
automatically for all new windows.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventAny event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

mnemonic_activate (Widget self, gboolean object) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
gboolean object

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

motion_notify_event (Widget self, EventMotion event) : gboolean

The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
over the widget's GdkWindow.

The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
over the widget's GdkWindow.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget
needs to enable the GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventMotion event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

move_cursor (TreeView self, MovementStep object, gint32 p0) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self
Gtk.MovementStep object
gint32 p0

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.TreeView

move_focus (Widget self, DirectionType object) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.DirectionType object

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

parent_set (Widget self, Widget old_parent) : none

The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
has been set on a widget.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.Widget old_parent

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

popup_menu (Widget self) : gboolean

This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
menu.

This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the GtkEntry widget creates
a menu with clipboard commands. See
for an example of how to use this signal.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

property_notify_event (Widget self, EventProperty event) : gboolean

The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
the widget's window has been changed or deleted.

The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
the widget's window has been changed or deleted.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventProperty event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

proximity_in_event (Widget self, EventProximity event) : gboolean

To receive this signal the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.

To receive this signal the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventProximity event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

proximity_out_event (Widget self, EventProximity event) : gboolean

To receive this signal the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.

To receive this signal the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventProximity event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

query_tooltip (Widget self, gint32 x, gint32 y, gboolean keyboard_mode, Tooltip tooltip) : gboolean

Emitted when GtkWidget:has-tooltip is TRUE and the GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
has expired with the cursor hovering "above" widget; or emitted when widget got
focus in keyboard mode.
Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
whether a tooltip should be shown for widget. If this is the case
TRUE should be returned, FALSE otherwise. Note that if
should not be used.
The signal handler is free to manipulate tooltip with the therefore
destined function calls.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
gint32 x
gint32 y
gboolean keyboard_mode
Gtk.Tooltip tooltip

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

realize (Widget self) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

remove (Container self, Widget object) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Container self
Gtk.Widget object

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Container

row_activated (TreeView self, TreePath path, TreeViewColumn column) : none

The "row-activated" signal is emitted when the method
gtk_tree_view_row_activated() is called or the user double clicks
a treeview row.

The "row-activated" signal is emitted when the method
gtk_tree_view_row_activated() is called or the user double clicks
a treeview row. It is also emitted when a non-editable row is
Enter is pressed.
For selection handling refer to the tree
widget conceptual overview as well as GtkTreeSelection.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self
Gtk.TreePath path
Gtk.TreeViewColumn column

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.TreeView

row_collapsed (TreeView self, TreeIter iter, TreePath path) : none

The given row has been collapsed (child nodes are hidden).

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self
Gtk.TreeIter iter
Gtk.TreePath path

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.TreeView

row_expanded (TreeView self, TreeIter iter, TreePath path) : none

The given row has been expanded (child nodes are shown).

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self
Gtk.TreeIter iter
Gtk.TreePath path

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.TreeView

screen_changed (Widget self, Screen previous_screen) : none

The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
screen of a widget has changed.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.Screen previous_screen

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

scroll_event (Widget self, EventScroll event) : gboolean

The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
range is pressed.

The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventScroll event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

select_all (TreeView self) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.TreeView

select_cursor_parent (TreeView self) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.TreeView

select_cursor_row (TreeView self, gboolean object) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self
gboolean object

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.TreeView

selection_clear_event (Widget self, EventSelection event) : gboolean

The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
the widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.

The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
the widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventSelection event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

selection_get (Widget self, SelectionData object, guint32 p0, guint32 p1) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.SelectionData object
guint32 p0
guint32 p1

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

selection_notify_event (Widget self, EventSelection event) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventSelection event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

selection_received (Widget self, SelectionData object, guint32 p0) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.SelectionData object
guint32 p0

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

selection_request_event (Widget self, EventSelection event) : gboolean

The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
the widget's window.

The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
the widget's window.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventSelection event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

set_focus_child (Container self, Widget object) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Container self
Gtk.Widget object

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Container

show (Widget self) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

show_help (Widget self, WidgetHelpType object) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.WidgetHelpType object

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

start_interactive_search (TreeView self) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.TreeView

state_changed (Widget self, StateType state) : none

The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.

The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
See gtk_widget_get_state().

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.StateType state

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

state_flags_changed (Widget self, StateFlags flags) : none

The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.StateFlags flags

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

style_set (Widget self, Style previous_style) : none

The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
on a widget.

The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
GtkStyle. To track changes to the GtkStyleContext associated
with a widget, use the GtkWidget::style-updated signal.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gtk.Style previous_style

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

style_updated (Widget self) : none

The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the GtkStyleContext
of a widget is changed.

The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the GtkStyleContext
of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like
gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

test_collapse_row (TreeView self, TreeIter iter, TreePath path) : gboolean

The given row is about to be collapsed (hide its children nodes).

The given row is about to be collapsed (hide its children nodes). Use this
signal if you need to control the collapsibility of individual rows.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self
Gtk.TreeIter iter
Gtk.TreePath path

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.TreeView

test_expand_row (TreeView self, TreeIter iter, TreePath path) : gboolean

The given row is about to be expanded (show its children nodes).

The given row is about to be expanded (show its children nodes). Use this
signal if you need to control the expandability of individual rows.

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self
Gtk.TreeIter iter
Gtk.TreePath path

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.TreeView

toggle_cursor_row (TreeView self) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.TreeView

unmap (Widget self) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

unmap_event (Widget self, EventAny event) : gboolean

The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the widget's window is
unmapped.

The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the widget's window is
unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
To receive this signal, the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
automatically for all new windows.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventAny event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

unrealize (Widget self) : none

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self

Returns:: {none}

Gtk.Widget

unselect_all (TreeView self) : gboolean

Parameters:
Gtk.TreeView self

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.TreeView

visibility_notify_event (Widget self, EventVisibility event) : gboolean

The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the widget's window
is obscured or unobscured.

The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the widget's window
is obscured or unobscured.
To receive this signal the GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
to enable the GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventVisibility event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

window_state_event (Widget self, EventWindowState event) : gboolean

The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
toplevel window associated to the widget changes.

The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
toplevel window associated to the widget changes.
To receive this signal the GdkWindow associated to the widget
needs to enable the GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
this mask automatically for all new windows.
event. FALSE to propagate the event further.

Parameters:
Gtk.Widget self
Gdk.EventWindowState event

Returns:: {gboolean}

Gtk.Widget

Used by These Methods / Signals / Properties
Class / Namespace	Method / Signal / Properties
Gtk.TreeSelection Method	get_tree_view () : Gtk.TreeView Returns the tree view associated with selection.

Used by These Methods / Signals / Properties

Class / Namespace

Method / Signal / Properties

Gtk.TreeSelection
Method

get_tree_view () : Gtk.TreeView

Returns the tree view associated with selection.

Import line:	Gtk = imports.gi.Gtk;
GIR File:	Gtk-3.0.gir
C documentation:	GtkTreeView
Class :	TreeView
Implements:	Atk.ImplementorIface, Gtk.Buildable, Gtk.Scrollable
Extends:	Gtk.Container

Un-official Seed Documentation

Gtk

Classes

Interfaces

Structs

Unions

Enums

Class Gtk.TreeView